Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / Evotec

Evotec

evt · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker evt
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Evotec
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2010

Amalgamated Holdings Limited 

Annual Report

A
H
L
A
n
n
u
A
L
R
e
p
o
R
t
2
0
1
0

amalgamated  
holdings limited 
abn 51 000 005 103

abn 51 000 005 103

 
 
 
Contents

CorporAte GovernAnCe StAtement 

DireCtorS’ report 

DireCtorS’ report:  
remunerAtion report 

LeAD AuDitor’S inDepenDenCe 
DeCLArAtion 

StAtement of finAnCiAL poSition 

inCome StAtement 

2

12

20

28

29

30

StAtement of CompreHenSive inCome  31

StAtement of CHAnGeS in equity 

StAtement of CASH fLowS 

noteS to tHe finAnCiAL StAtementS 

1.  Significant accounting policieS 

2.  Segment reporting 

3.  revenue and other income 

4.  profit before income tax 

5.  diScontinued operationS 

6.  auditorS’ remuneration 

7.  taxation 

8.  dividendS 

9.  earningS per Share 

10.  caSh and caSh equivalentS 

11.  receivableS 

12.  inventorieS 

13.  other current aSSetS 

14.  other financial aSSetS 

15.  available-for-Sale financial aSSetS 

16.  inveStmentS accounted for uSing the equity method 

17.  property, plant and equipment 

32

33

34

34

41

46

47

48

49

49

52

53

53

53

54

54

54

54

54

55

18.  inveStment propertieS 

19.  goodwill and other intangible aSSetS 

20.  other non-current aSSetS 

21.  payableS 

22.  intereSt bearing liabilitieS and borrowingS 

23.  financing arrangementS 

24.  proviSionS 

25.  other liabilitieS 

26.  Share capital 

27.  reServeS and retained earningS 

28.  parent entity diScloSureS 

29.  financial riSk management 

30.  employee benefitS 

31.  commitmentS and leaSeS 

32.  contingent aSSetS and liabilitieS 

33.  deed of croSS guarantee 

34.  buSineSS combinationS 

35.  particularS in relation to conSolidated entitieS 

36.  inveStmentS in aSSociateS 

37.  inveStmentS in jointly controlled entitieS 

38.  director and executive diScloSureS 

39.  related partieS 

40.  reconciliation of caSh flowS from operating activitieS 

41.  eventS SubSequent to reporting date 

DireCtorS’ DeCLArAtion 

inDepenDent AuDitor’S report 

SHAreHoLDer informAtion 

otHer informAtion 

58

59

60

60 

61

61

62

63

63

64

65

66

73

75

76

77

79

81

82

84

85

89

90

90

91

92

94

96

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Contents

1

Corporate Governance Statement

1. introDuCtion

this 2010 corporate governance Statement 
(“Statement”) sets out the key corporate 
governance principles adopted by the 
directors in governing amalgamated holdings 
limited (“company”) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively referred to as “ahl” or “group”) 
and reflects the corporate governance policies 
and procedures which applied during the 
financial year ended 30 june 2010. 

the company continues to monitor and 
review its corporate governance policies 
and procedures.

2. ApproACH to CorporAte  
GovernAnCe

2.1  FRAmewoRk And AppRoACh  

to CoRpoRAte goveRnAnCe And  
Responsibility

the board has the responsibility for ensuring 
ahl is properly managed so as to protect and 
enhance shareholders’ interests in a manner 
that is consistent with ahl’s responsibility to 
meet its obligations to all stakeholders. for this 
reason, the board is committed to maintaining 
the highest standards of corporate governance 
across the group. the board believes that 
corporate governance is about having a 
set of values and behaviours that underpin 
ahl’s everyday activities and which ensures 
transparency, risk management, accountability, 
value creation, fair dealing and protection of 
the interests of stakeholders. consistent with 
this belief, the board’s approach is to consider 
corporate governance within the broader 
framework of corporate responsibility and 
regulatory oversight. 

2.2  CompliAnCe with the CoRpoRAte  
goveRnAnCe pRinCiples And  
ReCommendAtions

the australian Securities exchange (“aSx”) 
has issued the aSx listing rules which 
require listed companies to include in 
their annual report a statement disclosing 
the extent to which they have followed 
the aSx corporate governance council’s 
corporate governance principles and 
recommendations (“recommendations”) 
in the reporting period. listed companies 
must identify the recommendations 
that have not been followed and provide 
reasons for the company’s decision. a table 
outlining the compliance, or otherwise, to 
the recommendations has been included in 
section 10 of this Statement.

the corporate governance page of the 
company’s website (www.ahl.com.au) 
contains most of the documents which 
are referred to in this Statement. the 
Statement, charters, code and various 
policies are regularly reviewed to take 
account of any recent changes in the law and 
governance practices. 

if a shareholder does not have access to 
the internet, they may contact the company 
Secretary for copies of the relevant documents.

•	 monitoring	and	assessing	management’s	
performance in achieving any strategies 
and budgets approved by the board;

3. BoArD

3.1  Role And Responsibilities  

oF the boARd

the board recognises its overriding 
responsibility to act honestly, fairly, diligently 
and in accordance with the law in serving 
the interests of the company’s shareholders 
as well as its employees, customers and the 
community. its primary responsibilities are:

•	 providing	input	into,	reviewing	and	

approving the corporate and divisional 
strategic plans;

•	 making	decisions	in	relation	to	

matters of a sensitive, extraordinary or 
strategic nature;

•	 providing	advice	and	counsel	to	

management on a periodic and ad 
hoc basis;

•	 ensuring	best	practice	corporate	

governance;

•	 appointing	and	where	appropriate	

removing the managing director and 
approving succession plans;

•	

ratifying	the	appointment	and,	where	
appropriate the termination, of the direct 
reports to the managing director;

•	 monitoring	the	performance	of	

the managing director and senior 
management and approving remuneration 
policies and practices for such managing 
director and senior management;

•	 enhancing	and	protecting	the	reputation	

of the group;

•	

reporting	to	shareholders;

•	 ensuring	appropriate	compliance	

frameworks and controls are in place and 
are operating effectively;

•	 approving	and	monitoring	the	

effectiveness of and compliance with 
policies governing the operations of 
the group;

•	 monitoring	compliance	with	regulatory	
requirements and ethical standards;

•	 monitoring	the	integrity	of	internal	control	

and reporting systems;

•	 monitoring	strategic	risk	management	
systems and risk management policies 
and procedures and oversight of internal 
controls and review of major assumptions 
used in the calculation of significant 
risk exposure;

•	

reviewing	and	approving	business	plans,	
the annual budget and financial plans, 
including available resources and major 
capital expenditure initiatives;

•	 approving	decisions	concerning	the	
capital of the company, including 
capital restructures;

•	

reviewing	and	approving	half	yearly	and	
annual statutory accounts and other 
reporting and monitoring financial results 
on an ongoing basis; and

•	 determining	dividend	policy	and	

declaring dividends.

the board operates in accordance with the 
principles set out in the board charter. the 
board charter details the board’s purpose, 
role, responsibilities and functions. a copy 
of the board’s charter is available from the 
company’s website or upon request from the 
company Secretary.

the board has delegated responsibility for 
operation and administration of the company 
and group to the managing director and 
executive management. responsibilities are 
delineated by formal authority delegations. 
Senior executives reporting to the managing 
director have their roles and responsibilities 
defined in position descriptions.

3.2   boARd pRoCesses
to assist in the execution of its 
responsibilities, the board has in place an 
audit committee and a nomination and 
remuneration committee. these committees 
have charters which are reviewed on a 
regular basis. other board committees may 
be appointed from time to time to deal with 
issues associated with the conduct of the 
group’s various activities.

recommendation 2.4 of the recommendations 
states that the board should establish a 
nomination committee. the board has 
determined that any recommendations 
required by a nomination committee are 
undertaken, as required, by the nomination 
and remuneration committee.

the full board holds at least 10 scheduled 
meetings each year, including strategy 
meetings. unscheduled meetings are 
arranged as necessary to address any specific 
significant matters that may arise. Site visits 
are arranged on a regular basis to improve 
directors’ understanding of the group’s 
locations and operations.

the agenda for meetings is prepared in 
conjunction with the chairman, managing 
director and company Secretary. Standing 
items include the managing director’s 
report, financial reports, strategic matters, 
governance and compliance. Submissions are 
circulated in advance. executives are regularly 
involved in board discussions and directors 

2

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
have other opportunities, including visits to 
business operations, for contact with a wider 
group of employees.

director is a director who is not a member 
of management (a non-executive director) 
and who:

3.3   Composition oF the boARd
the composition of the board is determined 
using the following principles:

•	

•	

•	

the	Board	should	comprise	of	a	majority	
of non-executive independent directors;

the	Board	should	comprise	of	directors	
with a broad range of relevant 
expertise; and

the	same	individual	should	not	
exercise the role of chairman and 
managing director.

the chairman of the board is a non-executive 
director. there is a managing director, 
who is also the chief executive officer. 
it is standard practice to have six non-
executive directors, the majority of whom 
are deemed to be independent under the 
principles set out below. the composition 
of the board is reviewed periodically by 
the chairman and the other directors to 
ensure that the board has an appropriate 
mix of expertise and experience. when a 
vacancy exists, through whatever cause, or 
where it is considered that the board would 
benefit from the services of a new director 
with particular skills, the nomination and 
remuneration committee identifies suitable 
candidates with the appropriate expertise 
and experience and makes a recommendation 
to the board. the board then appoints the 
most suitable candidate who must then stand 
for election at the next general meeting of 
shareholders. non-executive directors must 
stand for re-election each three years. the 
terms and conditions of the appointment 
and the retirement of directors, including 
the managing director, are first considered 
by the nomination and remuneration 
committee and then recommended for 
determination by the board. a formal letter of 
appointment is provided to all incoming non-
executive directors.

the board considers that individually and 
collectively the directors bring a level of 
skill, knowledge and experience that enables 
the board to discharge its responsibilities 
effectively. further information on the skills, 
experience and expertise of the directors has 
been included in section 9.1 of this Statement. 

details of the number of board meetings and 
the attendance of the directors have been 
included in section 9.2 of this Statement. 

3.4  diReCtoRs’ independenCe
the board has considered specific principles 
in relation to a director’s independence. the 
board has determined that an independent 

•	

is	not	a	substantial	shareholder	of	the	
company or does not have a material 
beneficial interest in a substantial 
shareholder of the company;

•	 has	not	within	the	last	three	years	

been employed in an executive capacity 
by the company or group, or been 
a director after ceasing to hold any 
such employment;

•	 within	the	last	three	years	has	not	been	
a principal or employee of a material 
professional advisor or a material 
consultant to the company or group;

•	

is	not	a	material	supplier	or	customer	
of the company or group, or an officer 
of or otherwise associated, directly 
or indirectly, with a material supplier 
or customer;

•	 must	have	no	material	contractual	
relationship with the company or 
group other than as a director of the 
company; and

•	

is	free	from	any	interest	and	any	business	
or other relationship which could, or could 
reasonably be perceived to, materially 
interfere with the director’s ability to act 
in the best interests of the company.

in forming this view, the board has considered 
and determined that “material”, in this 
context, to be where any director related 
business relationship has represented, or is 
likely in the future to represent, the lesser 
of at least 10% of the relevant segment’s or 
the director related business’s revenue. the 
board considered the nature of the relevant 
industries’ competition, and size and nature of 
each director related business relationship, in 
arriving at this threshold.

two directors of the company are also 
directors of carlton investments limited 
(“carlton”), which is a substantial shareholder 
of the company. carlton is a publicly listed 
company. carlton’s main activity is the holding 
of a wide portfolio of listed investments. 
the board has considered the question of 
independence of the director of carlton 
who does not have a substantial beneficial 
shareholding in his own right. the board has 
concluded that, as the nature of carlton’s 
business is in no way similar to that of the 
businesses of the group, the sole holding of 
a directorship in carlton should not impact 
on the ability and willingness of a director 
to effectively review and challenge the 
performance of management and exercise 
independent and objective judgement for the 
benefit of all shareholders of the company.

3.5  ChAiRmAn And mAnAging diReCtoR
the chairman is responsible for leading the 
board, ensuring that board activities are 
organised and effectively conducted and 
for ensuring directors are properly briefed 
for meetings. the managing director is 
responsible for implementing group strategies 
and policies.

recommendation 2.2 of the recommendations 
states that the chairman should be an 
independent director. the chairman, 
mr ag rydge, is not considered an 
independent director due to the substantial 
shareholding clause. mr rydge was previously 
chairman and managing director of the 
company until retiring from the position of 
managing director on 31 december 2001. the 
board has determined that the chairmanship 
of mr rydge is of significant benefit to the 
company and group due to his long standing 
contribution to, and association with, the 
company and extensive knowledge of the film, 
hospitality, leisure and tourism industries. 
mr rydge has been a non-executive chairman 
since 1 january 2002.

3.6  ConFliCt oF inteRest
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
and the company’s constitution, directors 
give standing notice on appointment of any 
interest that could potentially conflict with 
that of the company or group and must keep 
the board advised of any changes. where the 
board believes a significant conflict of interest 
exists, the director concerned does not receive 
the relevant board papers and is not present 
at the meeting whilst the item is considered.

3.7  diReCtoR eduCAtion
the company has a process to educate new 
directors about the nature of the business, 
current issues, corporate strategy and the 
company’s expectations of directors. all 
directors are made aware of their rights to 
access employees, information and resources. 
directors are encouraged to visit facilities of 
the group and meet with management to gain 
a better understanding of business operations.

3.8  independent pRoFessionAl AdviCe
each director has the right of access to all 
relevant company information and to the 
group’s executives and, subject to prior 
consultation with the chairman, may seek 
independent professional advice from a 
suitably qualified advisor at the group’s 
expense. the director must consult with an 
advisor suitably qualified in the relevant field, 
and obtain the chairman’s approval of the 
fee payable for the advice before proceeding 
with the consultation. a copy of the advice 
received by the director is made available to 
all other members of the board.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Corporate governance statement

3

Corporate Governance Statement continued

3.9  diReCtoRs’ RetiRement plAn
the directors’ retirement plan was 
suspended in may 2003 and directors 
appointed to the board after that date are not 
entitled to participate in the plan.

eligible directors in office prior to the 
suspension of the plan in may 2003 are able 
to participate in the plan. Subject to the 
Corporations Act 2001, those eligible directors 
with more than three years service receive a 
retirement lump sum based on the length of 
service and the average of the fees paid. the 
benefit is capped at a maximum lump sum per 
eligible director of $165,000. 

the chairman and managing director are not 
eligible to participate in the plan. 

the total accrued retirement benefits for non-
executive directors other than superannuation, 
and further details on directors’ remuneration, 
are disclosed within the remuneration report.

4. AuDit Committee

4.1  Role And Responsibilities oF  

the Audit Committee

the audit committee charter sets out the 
committee’s roles and responsibilities. its 
primary responsibilities are to:

•	

•	

review	and	monitor	the	financial	
integrity of the group’s financial reports 
and statements; 

review	the	adequacy	and	integrity	
of the group’s risk management 
framework and system of internal 
control and the monitoring of the various 
control processes;

•	 ensure	compliance	with	relevant	laws,	
regulations and statutory obligations; 

•	

•	

review	and	approve	the	internal	and	
external audit work plans; and 

review	significant	accounting	changes	or	
reporting issues.

the committee reviews the performance of 
the external auditors on an annual basis and 
meets with them during the year to discuss 
a number of matters including the external 
audit plan, proposed fees for audit work to 
be performed, half year and annual reporting 
and other matters as necessary. the audit 
committee, in scheduled sessions at the 
end of each meeting, without the presence 
of management, addresses questions to 
the external auditors and group internal 
audit manager on matters relating to the 
committee’s responsibilities. 

the committee is responsible for making 
recommendations to the board concerning 
the appointment of the external auditor 
including remuneration and other terms of 
the auditor’s engagement. the committee 
reviews and ensures that the level of any 
non-audit work carried out by the external 

auditor is compatible with maintaining 
audit independence, taking into account 
the guidelines which it has set. the current 
practice, subject to amendment in the event 
of legislative change, is for the rotation of the 
engagement partner to occur every five years, 
with the most recent rotation having taken 
place in august 2006.

the board receives the minutes and regular 
updates from the chairman of the committee, 
and reviews and approves the charter 
of the committee. a copy of the audit 
committee charter is available from the 
company’s website or upon request from the 
company Secretary.

4.2   Composition oF the Audit Committee
the audit committee consists of a minimum 
of three non-executive directors, the majority 
of whom are independent, and is chaired 
by an independent director who is not the 
chairman of the board. all committee 
members are familiar with finance and 
accounting procedures.

the members of the audit committee during 
the year were:

•	 AJ	Clark	(Chairman)	–		independent	 

non-executive director;

•	

the	remuneration	strategy	for	
the managing director and other 
senior executives. 

the committee also acts as a nomination 
committee and reviews the need for 
appointment of new directors for 
recommendation to the board and 
shareholders for approval.

the board receives the minutes and regular 
updates from the chairman of the committee, 
and reviews and approves the charter of the 
committee. a copy of the nomination and 
remuneration committee charter is available 
from the company’s website or upon request 
from the company Secretary.

5.2   Composition oF the nominAtion  
And RemuneRAtion Committee

the nomination and remuneration 
committee consists of a minimum of three 
non-executive directors, the majority of 
whom are independent, and is chaired by an 
independent director who is not the chairman 
of the board.

the members of the nomination and 
remuneration committee during the 
year were:

•	 AJ	Clark	(Chairman)	–	independent	 

•	 RM	Graham	–	independent	non-executive	

non-executive director;

director; and

•	 RM	Graham	–	independent	non-executive	

•	 AG	Rydge	–	non-executive	director.

director; and

other directors who are not members of the 
committee are invited to attend meetings. 
the managing director, director finance 
& accounting, company Secretary, group 
internal audit manager and external auditors 
are invited to attend committee meetings. 
other executives may be invited to committee 
meetings at the discretion of the committee.

the audit committee meets at least four 
times per year. details of the number of 
committee meetings and the attendance of 
the committee members have been included 
in section 9.2 of this Statement. 

5. nominAtion AnD 
remunerAtion Committee

5.1   Role And Responsibilities oF  

the nominAtion And RemuneRAtion  
Committee

the nomination and remuneration committee 
charter sets out the committee’s roles and 
responsibilities. its primary responsibilities 
are to advise the board on matters including:

•	

•	

the	composition,	remuneration	and	
performance evaluation of the board;

the	appointment	of	the	
managing director; 

•	 succession	plans	for	the	position	of	

managing director; and 

•	 AG	Rydge	–	non-executive	director.

other directors who are not members of the 
committee are invited to attend meetings. the 
managing director and company Secretary 
are invited to attend committee meetings. 
other executives may be invited to committee 
meetings at the discretion of the committee.

the nomination and remuneration committee 
meets at least two times per year and 
further as required. details of the number of 
committee meetings and the attendance of 
the committee members have been included 
in section 9.2 of this Statement. 

6. performAnCe AnD 
remunerAtion

6.1   boARd peRFoRmAnCe And  

RemuneRAtion 

the board reviews its performance annually to 
ensure that individual directors and the board 
as a whole work efficiently and effectively in 
achieving their functions set out within the 
charter. the chairman annually assesses the 
board performance of individual directors and 
meets privately with each director to discuss 
this assessment and any ideas for improvement. 
at this same time, directors are able to provide 
feedback on the performance of the chairman. 
the board as a whole discusses and analyses its 
own performance during the year. 

4

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
the board also has in place an annual process 
to review its performance as well as the 
performance of the committees of the board. 
each director completes a performance 
evaluation questionnaire. the questionnaire 
covers topics including:

•	

the	Board’s	role;	

•	 composition	and	effectiveness;	

•	 procedures	and	practices;	

•	 behaviours;	

•	 Board	administration;	and	

•	

the	conduct	of	the	Chairman.

directors are requested to provide comment 
and feedback and to evaluate each area 
by providing a rated response to various 
questions. the results of the performance 
evaluation are collated by the company 
Secretary and submitted to the nomination 
and remuneration committee for review. a 
summary of the results is then submitted to 
the full board. the board evaluation process 
was last completed in june 2010. the results 
of the performance evaluation form the 
basis of an action plan designed to address 
performance improvement opportunities. 

the group’s remuneration philosophy 
and details of the current remuneration 
arrangements are outlined within the 
remuneration report. the remuneration 
report confirms that the structure of 
non-executive director remuneration is 
separate and distinct from that of senior 
executive remuneration. 

the nomination and remuneration committee 
is responsible for recommending to the 
board, fees applicable to non-executive 
directors. non-executive directors may also 
be reimbursed for their expenses properly 
incurred as a director, or in the course of 
their duties. non-executive directors are 
also encouraged to own shares in the 
company. the non-executive directors do not 
participate in any other short or long term 
incentive schemes.

the maximum aggregate amount of fees that 
may be paid to all non-executive directors 
each year is capped at $1.1 million, which 
was approved by shareholders at the 2007 
annual general meeting of shareholders. 
the board maintains a fee buffer to give it 
sufficient flexibility to plan its structure in 
advance of specific needs that may arise. 
the total fees paid to non-executive directors 
during the reporting period were $747,706.

information regarding the directors’ 
retirement plan has been included at section 
3.9 of this Statement, and disclosed within 
the remuneration report.

6.2   exeCutive peRFoRmAnCe And  

•	 physical	security	over	the	Group’s	assets;	

RemuneRAtion

each year, the board, with the assistance of 
the managing director, and the nomination 
and remuneration committee, undertake a 
formal process of reviewing the performance 
of senior executives. the measures generally 
relate to the performance of the group, the 
performance of the senior executive’s division 
or department and the performance of the 
senior executive individually. 

the nomination and remuneration committee 
and the board review the performance 
of the managing director. the managing 
director is not present at the nomination and 
remuneration committee or board meetings 
when his own performance and remuneration 
are being considered.

for senior executives, the managing director 
conducts interviews with each executive 
and provides comments and feedback in 
relation to the senior executive’s performance. 
a formal review process occurs for each 
employee with nominated supervisors 
conducting the performance review. the 
formal review process occurs annually and 
was completed in june 2010.

further details on the assessment criteria 
for the managing director and senior 
executive remuneration (including equity-
based share plans) are disclosed within the 
remuneration report.

6.3   RemuneRAtion RepoRt
the remuneration report is set out with, and 
forms part of, the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 june 2010.

7. riSK mAnAGement

7.1   Risk pRoFile And oveRsight oF the  

Risk mAnAgement system
the board oversees the establishment, 
implementation and annual review of the 
group’s risk management and internal control 
systems. management has established and 
implemented the systems for identifying, 
assessing, monitoring and managing material 
operational, financial reporting, internal 
controls and compliance risks for the group. 

the systems and processes implemented to 
manage material risks include:

•	

risk	management	framework;	

•	 clearly	defined	management	responsibilities	

and organisational structure;

•	 delegated	limits	of	authority;	

•	

treasury	and	accounting	controls	
and reconciliations; 

•	 comprehensive	management	

reporting systems; 

•	 budgeting	and	strategic	planning	processes;	

•	 segregation	of	duties;	

•	 appropriate	policies	and	procedures	
that are widely disseminated to, and 
understood by, employees; and

•	

risk	management	and	internal	
audit functions.

divisional managing directors and other senior 
executives complete and sign off on an annual 
directors’ risk management questionnaire. 
the operational and other compliance risk 
management procedures have also been 
assessed and found to be operating efficiently 
and effectively. all risk assessments cover the 
whole financial year and the period up to the 
signing of the annual financial report for all 
material operations in the group. the annual 
directors’ risk management questionnaire for 
the year ended 30 june 2010 was completed 
in july 2010.

as well as the directors’ risk management 
questionnaire, matters relating to the 
business risk and risk management system 
are analysed and discussed as part of the 
annual strategic planning process. the board 
provides assistance to management in the 
development and maintenance of processes 
to minimise and mitigate business risks.

a summary of the risk management policy is 
available from the company’s website or upon 
request from the company Secretary.

7.2   FinAnCiAl RepoRting
the managing director and the director 
finance & accounting have declared, in 
writing to the board that the financial report 
of the group are founded on a sound system 
of risk management and internal compliance 
and control which implements the policies 
adopted by the board. the declaration for 
the year ended 30 june 2010 was received 
in august 2010.

7.3   inteRnAl Audit
the group internal audit manager assists the 
board in ensuring compliance with internal 
controls and risk management programs, 
by regularly reviewing the effectiveness of 
compliance and control systems. the audit 
committee is responsible for approving 
the program of internal audit visits to be 
conducted each year and the scope of the 
work to be performed at each location.

7.4   Code oF ConduCt And ethiCAl  

stAndARds

the company has a code of conduct and 
ethical Standards (“code”), which has been 
endorsed by the board and applies to all 
directors and group employees. the code is 
reviewed and updated as necessary to ensure 
it reflects the highest standards of behaviour 
and professionalism and the practices 
necessary to maintain confidence in the 
group’s integrity.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Corporate governance statement

5

 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

in summary, the code encapsulates that 
all directors, managers and employees are 
expected to act with the utmost integrity and 
objectivity, striving at all times to enhance 
the reputation and performance of the group. 
every employee has a nominated supervisor 
to whom they refer any issues arising from 
their employment.

the board reviews the code regularly and 
processes are in place to promote and 
communicate the code’s contents. the code is 
available from the company’s website or upon 
request from the company Secretary.

7.5  whistleblowing poliCy
the company has a whistleblowing policy 
for the australian operations. the policy is 
designed to support and protect any employees 
who report non-compliant, suspicious or 
unethical conduct by other employees of the 
group, regardless of seniority of those involved 
in the alleged conduct. the whistleblowing 
policy formalises the company’s commitment 
to protect the confidentiality and position of 
employees wishing to raise serious matters 
that affect the integrity of the company 
and group. 

the board reviews the whistleblowing 
policy regularly and processes are in 
place to promote and communicate the 
whistleblowing policy’s contents. the 
whistleblowing policy is available from the 
company’s website or upon request from the 
company Secretary.

7.6  legAl CompliAnCe tRAining
all senior management personnel are required 
to complete legal compliance training at least 
once every two years. the training covers 
such topics as:

•	 contract	fundamentals;	

•	

issues	relating	to	the	Trade Practices  
Act 1974;

•	 employment	contracts,	termination	and	

redundancy;

•	 harassment	and	discrimination;

•	 workplace	relations;

•	 occupational	health	and	safety	

obligations; and

•	 corporate	policies	(including	limits	of	

authority and share trading).

7.7  deAling in CompAny shARes  
by diReCtoRs And employees
the constitution allows directors to acquire 
shares in the company. however, it is the 
policy of the company that directors only 
buy or sell shares in the company in the six 
week period immediately following any price 
sensitive announcement including the half 
year and full year results, and the annual 
general meeting. purchases outside of this 
period must receive the prior approval of the 

board. this policy is subject to the overall 
restriction that persons may at no time deal in 
any securities when they are in possession of 
price sensitive information. this policy is also 
applicable to employees of the group and the 
policy is outlined within the code.

all directors have entered into written 
agreements to notify the company Secretary 
when they buy or sell shares in the company. 
in accordance with the provisions of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the aSx listing 
rules, the company Secretary advises 
the aSx of any transactions conducted by 
directors in shares in the company. this 
information is also reported to the board.

each senior executive is requested, on an 
annual basis, to provide information regarding 
the financial arrangements (including margin 
loans) attached to their personal holdings 
of shares in the company. in addition, each 
senior executive has provided an undertaking 
to advise the company Secretary of any 
subsequent change regarding the financial 
arrangements (including margin loans) 
attached to their personal holdings of shares. 
this information is reported to the board.

the group has instituted prohibitions on 
employees from using derivatives or entering 
into transactions that operate, or are intended 
to operate, to limit the economic risk of 
security holdings over unvested performance 
shares issued under the group’s long term 
incentive scheme.

8. CommuniCAtion  
AnD environment

8.1  Continuous disClosuRe poliCy
the board provides shareholders with 
information using a comprehensive 
continuous disclosure policy which includes 
identifying matters that may have a material 
effect on the price of the company’s shares, 
notifying them to the aSx, posting them 
on the company’s website, and issuing 
media releases.

in summary, the continuous disclosure policy 
operates as follows:

•	

the	Chairman,	Managing	Director,	
director finance & accounting and 
company Secretary are responsible for 
interpreting the continuous disclosure 
policy and where necessary informing 
the board. the company Secretary is 
responsible for all communications with 
the aSx. Such matters are advised to the 
aSx on the day they are discovered and 
all senior executives must follow a set 
process, which involves monitoring all 
areas of the group’s internal and external 
environment. the company considers it 
has complied with all of its continuous 
disclosure obligations;

6

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

•	

•	

•	

•	

the	half	year	report	contains	summarised	
financial information and a review of the 
operations of the group during the period. 
the report is sent to all shareholders 
(unless a shareholder has specifically 
requested not to receive the document); 

the	Annual	Report	is	distributed	to	all	
shareholders who have requested to 
receive a copy. the board ensures that 
the annual report contains disclosures 
required by the Corporations Act 2001 
and the aSx listing rules;

the	full	texts	of	notices	of	meetings	and	
associated explanatory material are 
placed on the company’s website;

the	Chairman’s	address	is	presented	
at the annual general meeting and 
subsequently distributed by mail to 
all shareholders; and

•	 notification	is	made	to	the	ASX	of	any	
other significant matters regarding 
the group in accordance with the aSx 
listing rules.

all of the above information, including that of 
the previous three years, is made available 
on the group’s website within one day of 
public release.

8.2   shAReholdeRs And the AnnuAl  

geneRAl meeting

the board encourages full participation of 
shareholders at the annual general meeting 
to ensure a high level of accountability and 
identification with the group’s strategy and 
goals. important issues are presented to 
shareholders as single resolutions and in 
plain english. Shareholders are requested 
to vote on the appointment and maximum 
aggregate amount of fees that may be paid 
to all non-executive directors, the granting of 
performance shares to the managing director 
and changes to the constitution. 

the external auditor attends the annual 
general meeting to answer shareholder 
questions about the conduct of the audit 
and the preparation and content of the 
independent audit report. the meeting is 
held in Sydney and shareholders can attend in 
person or send a proxy as their representative. 
unless indisposed, all current directors and 
senior executives attend the meeting, along 
with the external auditor.

a copy of the constitution is available to any 
shareholder who requests it.

8.3   enviRonmentAl RepoRting systems
the group’s operations are subject to 
various environmental regulations under 
commonwealth, state or territory and other 
applicable legislation.

 
 
the group has an established environmental 
reporting system for its environmentally 
sensitive businesses, which monitors 
compliance with existing environmental 
regulations and new regulations as they are 
enacted. the recreational and other ancillary 
activities conducted by those businesses are 
subject to various licences and legislation 
issued under environmental laws that apply 
in each respective location. the board has a 
responsibility to ensure that robust systems 
are in place to manage the assets in a 
sustainable and responsible manner and to 
ensure that the activities of each business are 
conducted in compliance with legislation.

the reporting system is documented in a legal 
compliance manual and includes procedures 
to be followed should an incident occur which 
may adversely impact the environment. the 
directors are not aware of breaches of any 
applicable legislation during the year, which 
are material in nature, and have no reason 
to believe that any possible legal or remedial 
action would result in a material cost or loss 
to the group.

9. DireCtorS’ 
quALifiCAtionS AnD 
AttenDAnCe At meetinGS

9.1  diReCtoRs’ QuAliFiCAtions,  

expeRienCe And independent stAtus

AlAn Rydge
age 58. non-executive chairman, board 
member since 1978, chairman of the board 
since 1980, audit committee member 
and nomination and remuneration 
committee member.

Experience
a company director with 30-plus years 
experience in the film, hospitality, leisure and 
tourism industries. joined the greater union 
group in 1971 and was formerly the group 
managing director. 

Directorships
mr rydge is also a director of the listed 
company, carlton investments limited 
(appointed 1980, chairman since 1980). in 
addition, mr rydge is chairman of alphoeb pty 
limited and enbeear pty limited. 

kenneth ChApmAn  
mb,bS, faicd, faim, afracma
age 48. independent non-executive 
director and board member appointed 
18 february 2010.

Experience
a company director with 20-plus years senior 
executive experience in the tourism area. 
currently, chief executive officer of Skyrail 
rainforest cableway and Skyrail-itm and 
executive director of the chapman group 
of companies.

Directorships
mr chapman held the following positions 
during the year: 

Directorships
directorships of other listed companies,  
held during the last three years, include:

•	 chairman	of	Far	North	Queensland	

•	 Downer	EDI	Limited	(appointed	2008	 

hospital foundation;

and resigned 2009);

•	 director	of	Far	North	Queensland	Ports	
corporation limited (chairman since 
july 2010);

•	 Minara	Resources	Limited	(appointed	
director and chairman 2008); and

•	 Santos	Limited	(appointed	director	 

•	 chairman	of	Skyrail	Rainforest	

2008 and chairman 2009).

foundation limited;

•	 director	of	GFB	Fisheries	Limited;	and

•	 director	of	various	entities	associated	
with the privately held chapman group 
of companies.

Anthony ClARk am, fca, faicd
age 71. independent non-executive director, 
board member since 1998, audit committee 
member and nomination and remuneration 
committee member. 

mr clark is chairman of the audit committee 
and nomination and remuneration committee 
and is the lead independent director.

Experience 
a company director with 40-plus years 
accounting, audit, consulting and finance 
related experience. mr clark previously 
practised as a chartered accountant.

Directorships
directorships of other listed companies, held 
during the last three years, include:

•	 Carlton	Investments	Limited	

(appointed 2000);

•	 Cumnock	Coal	Limited	(appointed	director	
and chairman 2001 and resigned 2007); and

•	 Ramsay	Health	Care	Limited	

(appointed 1998).

in addition, mr clark was previously the 
deputy chairman of tourism australia 
(resigned december 2006).

peteR CoAtes ao
age 64. independent non-executive director 
and board member appointed 10 july 2009.

Experience 
a company director with 40-plus years 
senior executive experience in the mining 
and commodities industries. mr coates’ 
experience includes exposure to domestic and 
international business practices, mergers and 
acquisitions and the development of industry-
leading workplace reporting and governance 
standards for numerous joint venture 
partnerships and companies listed in australia 
and the united kingdom. former non-
executive chairman of xstrata australia pty 
limited and chief executive of xstrata coal. 

mr coates was past chairman of the minerals 
council of australia, the nSw minerals 
council and the australian coal association 
and a member of the apec 2007 business 
consultative group, the prime minister’s 
emission trading task group, nSw minerals 
ministerial advisory council and business 
council of australia.

thomAs FoRd faicd
age 70. mr ford resigned as a director on 
23 october 2009. prior to resignation, mr 
ford held the position of independent non-
executive director and board member having 
been appointed in 1993.

Experience
a company director and investment banker 
with 40-plus years of banking and finance 
related experience. previous directorships 
include resolute mining limited and 
australian pipeline trust.

Directorships
directorships of other listed companies, held 
during the last three years, include:

•	 Resolute	Mining	Limited	 
(appointed 2001); and

•	 Australian	Pipeline	Trust	 

(appointed 1999 and resigned 2004).

in addition, mr ford is a director of australian 
jockey club limited and chairman of 
resimac limited.

RobeRt gRAhAm 
be Sydney, mba harvard, faicd
age 73. independent non-executive director, 
board member since 1990, audit committee 
member and nomination and remuneration 
committee member.

Experience
a company director with 40-plus years 
experience as a management consultant 
and senior executive. former group general 
manager and director of consolidated press 
holdings limited and managing director of 
Samuel taylor.

Directorships
mr graham was a former director of the 
australian institute of company directors 
(1998	–	2001).

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Corporate governance statement

7

 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

RiChARd newton bbuS (marketing), faicd
age 50. independent non-executive director 
and board member since 2008.

Experience
a company director with 20-plus years 
senior executive experience in property 
investment and development, specifically in 
hotel operations.

Directorships
mr newton held the following positions 
during the year: 

•	 chairman	of	Capricorn	Village	Joint	

venture, wa;

•	 director	of	Carlton	Football	Club;

•	 director	of	Mobileworld	Communications	

pty limited (resigned november 
2009); and

•	 director	of	Selpam	(Australia)	Pty	Limited	
(chairman since 2007) and a director 
of various companies wholly owned by 
Selpam (australia) pty limited.

dAvid seARgeAnt
age 60. managing director, board member 
since 2001 and appointed managing director 
in january 2002.

Experience
managing director with 30-plus years 
experience in the hospitality and leisure 
industries. former managing director of 
Rydges	Hotels	group	(1988	–	2002)	and	the	
Greater	Union	group	(2000	–	2002).

Directorships
mr Seargeant is also a director of tourism 
training australia.

Explanation of abbreviations and degrees:  
afracma associate fellow of the royal australasian 
college of medical administrators; am member in the 
order of australia; ao officer in the order of australia; 
bbus (marketing) bachelor of business (marketing); be 
Sydney bachelor of engineering, the university of Sydney; 
faicd fellow of the australian institute of company 
directors; faim fellow of the australian institute of 
management; fca fellow of the institute of chartered 
accountants in australia; mba harvard master of business 
administration, harvard university; and mb,bS bachelor of 
medicine, bachelor of Surgery.

9.2 diReCtoRs’ AttendAnCe At meetings 
the number of directors’ meetings (including 
meetings of committees of directors) and the 
number of meetings attended by each of the 
directors of the company during the financial 
year are:

Directors’ meetings

Audit Committee meetings

Nomination  
and Remuneration  
Committee meetings

Special Purpose  
Committee meetings

entitled  
to attend

Attended

entitled  
to attend

Attended

entitled  
to attend

Attended

entitled  
to attend

Attended

ag rydge 
kg chapman (a)	
aj clark 
pr coates (b)	
tc ford (c)	
RM	Graham	
RG	Newton		
dc Seargeant (d) 

14 
5	
14 
14	
5	
14	
14	
14 

14 
5	
14 
14	
5	
13	
13	
14 

4 
–	
4 
–	
–	
4	
–	
4 

4 
–	
4 
–	
–	
4	
–	
4 

3 
–	
3 
–	
–	
3	
–	
3 

3 
–	
3 
–	
–	
3	
–	
3 

3 
–	
3 
3	
–	
–	
–	
3 

3
–
3
3
–
–
–
3

(a)  kg chapman was appointed 18 february 2010.
pr coates was appointed 10 july 2009.
(b) 
(c) 
tc ford resigned 23 october 2009.
(d)  attended audit committee and nomination and remuneration committee meetings by invitation.

during the financial year, directors also visited various sites to improve their understanding of the group’s site locations and operations.

10. reCommenDAtionS

recommendation 1.1

companies should establish the functions reserved to the board and those delegated to 
senior executives and disclose those functions.

3.1

recommendation 1.2

companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives.

6.2

yes

yes

recommendation 1.3

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 1.

Reference

Comply

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 1
the following material should be included in the corporate governance statement in the 
annual report: 

•	 an	explanation	of	any	departure	from	Recommendations	1.1,	1.2	or	1.3;	and
•	 whether	a	performance	evaluation	for	senior	executives	has	taken	place	in	the	
reporting period and whether it was in accordance with the process disclosed.
a statement of matters reserved for the board, or the board charter or the statement  
of areas of delegated authority to senior executives should be made publicly 
available, ideally by posting it to the company’s website in a clearly marked corporate 
governance section.

recommendation 2.1

a majority of the board should be independent directors.

recommendation 2.2

the chair should be an independent director

8

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

–	
6.2

3.1

3.3, 9.1

3.5, 9.1

not applicable
yes

yes

yes

no

 
Reference

Comply

recommendation 2.3

the roles of chair and chief executive officer should not be exercised by the 
same individual.

recommendation 2.4

the board should establish a nomination committee.

recommendation 2.5

companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the board, its 
committees and individual directors.

recommendation 2.6

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 2. 

3.3

3.2

6.1

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 2
the following material should be included in the corporate governance statement in the 
annual report: 

•	

•	

•	

the	skills,	experience	and	expertise	relevant	to	the	position	of	director	held	by	each	
director in office at the date of the annual report;
the	names	of	the	directors	considered	by	the	board	to	constitute	independent	
directors and the company’s materiality thresholds;
the	existence	of	any	of	the	relationships	affecting	the	independent	status	of	a	
director and an explanation of why the board considers a director to be independent, 
notwithstanding the existence of those relationships;

3.3, 9.1

3.4, 9.1

3.4

•	 a	statement	as	to	whether	there	is	a	procedure	agreed	by	the	board	for	directors	to	

3.8

•	
•	

take independent professional advice at the expense of the company;
the	period	of	office	held	by	each	director	in	office	at	the	date	of	the	annual	report;
the	names	of	members	of	the	nomination	committee	and	their	attendance	at	meetings	
of the committee, or where a company does not have a nomination committee, how the 
functions of a nomination committee are carried out;

9.1
5.2, 9.2

•	 whether	a	performance	evaluation	for	the	board,	its	committees	and	directors	has	

6.1

taken place in the reporting period and whether it was in accordance with the process 
disclosed; and

•	 an	explanation	of	any	departures	from	Recommendations	2.1,	2.2,	2.3,	2.4,	2.5	or	2.6.

the following material should be made publicly available, ideally by posting it to the 
company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section: 

•	 a	description	of	the	procedure	for	the	selection	and	appointment	of	new	directors	

and the re-election of incumbent directors; 
the	charter	of	the	nomination	committee	or	a	summary	of	the	role,	rights,	
responsibilities and membership requirements for that committee; and 
the	board’s	policy	for	the	nomination	and	appointment	of	directors.

•	

•	

3.3, 3.4, 
3.5

3.3

5.2

3.3

recommendation 3.1

companies should establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the 
code as to:

7.4, 7.5

•	
•	

•	

the	practices	necessary	to	maintain	confidence	in	the	company’s	integrity;
the	practices	necessary	to	take	into	account	their	legal	obligations	and	the	
reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and
the	responsibility	and	accountability	of	individuals	for	reporting	and	investigating	
reports of unethical practices.

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes
yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

recommendation 3.2

companies should establish a policy concerning trading in company securities by 
directors, senior executives and employees, and disclose the policy or a summary  
of that policy.

7.4, 7.7

yes

recommendation 3.3

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 3.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 3
an explanation of any departure from recommendations 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 should be 
included in the corporate governance statement in the annual report
the following material should be made publicly available, ideally by posting it to the 
company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section: 

•	 any	applicable	code	of	conduct	or	a	summary;	and
•	

the	trading	policy	or	a	summary.

recommendation 4.1

the board should establish an audit committee.

–	

not applicable

7.4
7.7

3.2, 4.1,  
4.2

yes
yes

yes

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Corporate governance statement

9

 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

recommendation 4.2

the audit committee should be structured so that it:

•	 consists	only	of	non-executive	directors;
•	 consists	of	a	majority	of	independent	directors;
•	
•	 has	at	least	three	members.

is	chaired	by	an	independent	chair,	who	is	not	chair	of	the	board;	and

Reference

Comply

4.2

yes

recommendation 4.3

the audit committee should have a formal charter.

4.1

yes

recommendation 4.4

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 4.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 4
the following material should be included in the corporate governance statement in the 
annual report: 

•	

the	names	and	qualifications	of	those	appointed	to	the	audit	committee	and	their	
attendance at meetings of the committee, or, where a company does not have an 
audit committee, how the functions of an audit committee are carried out;
the	number	of	meetings	of	the	audit	committee;	and

•	
•	 explanation	of	any	departures	from	Recommendations	4.1,	4.2,	4.3	or	4.4.

the following material should be made publicly available, ideally by posting it to the 
company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section: 

•	
•	

the	audit	committee	charter;	and
information	on	procedures	for	the	selection	and	appointment	of	the	external	auditor,	
and for the rotation of external audit engagement partners.

recommendation 5.1

companies should establish written policies designed to ensure compliance with aSx 
listing rule disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive 
level for that compliance and disclose those policies or a summary of those policies.

recommendation 5.2

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 5.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 5
an explanation of any departures from recommendations 5.1 or 5.2 should be included in 
the corporate governance statement in the annual report. 
the policies or a summary of those policies designed to guide compliance with listing 
rule disclosure requirements should be made publicly available, ideally by posting them 
to the company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section.

4.2, 9.1,  
9.2

yes

4.2, 9.2
	–	

yes
not applicable

4.1
4.1

8.1

–

8.1 

yes
yes

yes

not applicable

yes

recommendation 6.1

companies should design a communications policy for promoting effective 
communication with shareholders and encouraging their participation at general 
meetings and disclose their policy or a summary of that policy.

8.1, 8.2

yes

recommendation 6.2

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 6.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 6
an explanation of any departure from recommendations 6.1 or 6.2 should be included in 
the corporate governance statement in the annual report. 
the company should describe how it will communicate with its shareholders publicly, 
ideally by posting this information on the company’s website in a clearly marked 
corporate governance section.

–

not applicable

8.1, 8.2

yes

recommendation 7.1

companies should establish policies for the oversight and management of material 
business risks and disclose a summary of those policies.

7.1

recommendation 7.2

the board should require management to design and implement the risk management and 
internal control system to manage the company’s material business risks and report to 
it on whether those risks are being managed effectively. the board should disclose that 
management has reported to it as to the effectiveness of the company’s management of 
its material business risks.

3.1, 4.1, 
7.1, 7.2, 
7.3

yes

yes

10

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

recommendation 7.3

the board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the chief executive 
officer (or equivalent) and the chief financial officer (or equivalent) that the declaration 
provided in accordance with section 295a of the Corporations Act is founded on a 
sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating 
effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

recommendation 7.4

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 7.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 7
the following material should be included in the corporate governance statement in the 
annual report: 

•	 explanation	of	any	departures	from	Recommendations	7.1,	7.2,	7.3	or	7.4;
•	 whether	the	board	has	received	the	report	from	management	under	Recommendation	

7.2; and

•	 whether	the	board	has	received	assurance	from	the	chief	executive	officer	(or	

equivalent) and the chief financial officer (or equivalent) under recommendation 7.3.

the following material should be made publicly available, ideally by posting it to the 
company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section:

•	 a	summary	of	the	company’s	policies	on	risk	oversight	and	management	of	material	

business risks. 

recommendation 8.1

the board should establish a remuneration committee.

Reference

Comply

7.2

yes

	–	
7.1

7.2

 7.1

3.2, 5.1, 
5.2

not applicable
yes

yes

yes

yes

recommendation 8.2

companies should clearly distinguish the structure of non-executive directors’ 
remuneration from that of executive directors and senior executives.

6.1, 6.2

yes

recommendation 8.3

companies should provide the information indicated in the guide to reporting on principle 8.

guide to RepoRting on pRinCiple 8
the following material or a clear cross-reference to the location of the material should be 
included in the corporate governance statement in the annual report:

•	

•	

the	names	of	the	members	of	the	remuneration	committee	and	their	attendance	
at meetings of the committee, or where a company does not have a remuneration 
committee, how the functions of a remuneration committee are carried out; 
the	existence	and	terms	of	any	schemes	for	retirement	benefits,	other	than	
superannuation, for non-executive directors; and

5.2, 9.1, 
9.2

yes

3.9, 6.1

yes

•	 an	explanation	of	any	departures	from	Recommendations	8.1,	8.2	or	8.3.	

	–	

not applicable

the following material should be made publicly available, ideally by posting it to the 
company’s website in a clearly marked corporate governance section:

•	

the	charter	of	the	remuneration	committee	or	a	summary	of	the	role,	rights,	
responsibilities and membership requirements for that committee; and

•	 a	summary	of	the	company’s	policy	on	prohibiting	entering	into	transactions	in	
associated products which limit the economic risk of participating in unvested 
entitlements under any equity-based remuneration schemes.

5.1

7.7

yes

yes

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Corporate governance statement

11

Directors’ report

the directors present their report together 
with the financial report of amalgamated 
holdings limited, being the company and 
its controlled entities (“group”), for the 
year ended 30 june 2010 and the auditor’s 
report thereon.

DireCtorS

the directors of the company in office at any 
time during or since the end of the year are:

mr ag rydge (chairman) 
director since 1978

CompAny SeCretAry

mr gc dean ca, aciS was appointed to 
the position of company Secretary for 
amalgamated holdings limited in december 
2002. gc dean was accounting manager 
for	the	Company	(2001	–	2002)	and	was	
previously employed by an international 
mining corporation and a regional 
accounting practice. gc dean is a chartered 
accountant and a member of chartered 
Secretaries australia.

prinCipAL ACtivitieS

SiGnifiCAnt CHAnGeS  
in tHe StAte of AffAirS

the significant change in the state of affairs 
of the group during the year included 
the acquisition of the Skycity cinema 
business in february 2010. the business 
includes 14 cinemas (106 screens) located 
throughout new Zealand, a 50% interest in 
rialto cinemas in new Zealand which has 
three cinemas (16 screens) and a 66.67% 
interest in Skycity cinemas fiji which has 
two cinemas (10 screens). 

mr aj clark (lead independent director) 
director since 1998

the principal activities of the group during the 
course of the year were:

operAtinG AnD 
finAnCiAL review

•	 motion	picture	exhibition	in	cinemas;

•	 operation	of	hotels,	resorts	and	

restaurants;

•	 ownership	of	cinema,	drive-in	and	

hotel properties;

•	 ownership	and	operation	of	Thredbo	

alpine resort;

•	 ownership	and	operation	of	Featherdale	

wildlife park;

•	 ownership	and	operation	of	the	State	

theatre, Sydney;

•	 ownership	of	investment	properties,	
including office and retail properties;

•	 property	development	activities;

•	 supply	of	film	processing	and	cinema	

equipment; and

•	

investment	in	shares	in	listed	and	
unlisted companies.

there were no significant changes in the 
nature of the activities of the group during 
the year.

mr kg chapman 
appointed 18 february 2010

mr pr coates  
appointed 10 july 2009

mr rm graham 
director since 1990

mr rg newton 
director since 2008

mr dc Seargeant (managing director) 
director since 2001 and managing  
director since 2002

mr tc ford was a director since 1993 and 
resigned 23 october 2009.

particulars of the qualifications, experience 
and independence status of each director, as 
at the date of this report, are set out within 
the corporate governance Statement included 
with the annual report.

DireCtorS’ meetinGS

the number of directors’ meetings (including 
meetings of committees of directors) and the 
number of meetings attended by each of the 
directors of the company during the financial 
year has been disclosed within the corporate 
governance Statement included with the 
annual report.

the normalised result before individually 
significant items and income tax expense 
was $127,255,000 (2009: $93,894,000), 
an increase of $33,361,000 or 35.5% 
above the prior year result. net profit was 
$98,772,000 (2009: $69,483,000), an increase 
of $29,289,000 or 42.2% above the prior 
year result. 

individually significant items in the current 
year totalled $9,189,000 and included a 
$10,163,000 development gain on the 
valuation and reclassification of the canberra 
civic property to an investment property 
and $8,304,000 development profit on sale 
of the residential land lots at former bass 
hill drive-in site. the gain and profit were 
offset by various impairment adjustments 
and an onerous contract provision totalling 
$9,278,000 (net of impairment reversals). 
individually significant items in the previous 
year totalled $5,340,000 and consisted of 
write-downs in the carrying value of land 
and buildings.

in the prior year, there was a fair value 
decrement of $1,030,000 relating to the 
revaluation of those group properties 
classified as investment properties. 
the current year includes a fair value 
increment totalling $275,000 relating to the 
investment properties.

12

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

2010 

2009

  individually 
normalised   discontinued  significant 
items 

operations 

result* 

  individually 
  normalised  discontinued  significant 
items 

operations 

result* 

total  

$’000  

$’000  

$’000  

$’000  

$’000  

$’000  

$’000  

enteRtAinment 
Australia	
New	Zealand	
Germany	
United	Arab	Emirates	

hospitAlity & leisuRe
Hotels	
Thredbo	Alpine	Resort	
Leisure/Attractions	

enteRtAinment teChnology
Technology		

stRAtegiC investments 
Available-for-sale	investments	
Property	
Unallocated revenues  
and expenses	

Finance	revenue	
Finance	costs	

Income	tax	expense	
income tax benefit from  
discontinued	operations	

Non-controlling	interest	

Net profit 

52,979	
694	
30,166	
9,005	

27,776	
15,046	
2,424	

1,780	

428	
4,135	

(13,431)	

131,002 
858	
(4,605)	

127,255 
(35,705)	

–	

91,550	
–	

91,550 

–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	

–	
–	

–	

– 
–	
–	

– 
–	

–	

–	
–	

– 

3,262	
–	
(1,215)	
–	

(5,800)	
–	
–	

56,241	
694	
28,951	
9,005	

21,976	
15,046	
2,424	

42,983	
–	
12,016	
11,085	

24,530	
16,012	
1,574	

–	

1,780	

(761)	

–	
12,942	

428	
17,077	

428	
2,127	

–	

(13,431)	

(12,428)	

9,189 
–	
–	

9,189 
(1,967)	

–	

7,222	
–	

7,222 

140,191 
858	
(4,605)	

136,444 
(37,672)	

–	

98,772	
–	

98,772 

97,566 
1,440	
(5,112)	

93,894 
(22,932)	

–	

70,962 
6	

70,968 

–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	

–	
–	

250	

250 
–	
–	

250 
–	

3,605	

3,855 
–	

3,855 

–	
–	
–	
–	

(3,028)	
–	
–	

–	

–	
(2,312)	

(5,340) 
–	
–	

(5,340) 
–	

–	

(5,340) 
–	

(5,340) 

* normalised result is profit/(loss) before individually significant items, discontinued operations, non-controlling interest and income tax.

an analysis of the last five years is outlined below:

total revenue and other income ($’000) 
net profit^ ($’000) 
basic earnings per share (cents) 
dividends declared ($’000) 
dividends per share (cents)  

2010 

812,840 
98,772 
66.4 
58,522 
37.0 

2009 

712,311 
69,483 
48.2 
41,727 
32.0 

2008 

619,028 
99,369 
77.3 
38,738 
30.0 

2007 

628,905 
82,195 
64.6 
35,854 
28.0 

–	

(12,178)

total 

$’000 

42,983
–
12,016
11,085

21,502
16,012
1,574

(761)

428
(185)

92,476
1,440
(5,112)

88,804
(22,932)

3,605

69,477
6

69,483

2006

614,612
59,441
47.3
30,261
24.0

^ net profit after individually significant items, net finance costs, non-controlling interest and income tax.

investments
the group acquired property, plant and equipment and software totalling $83,845,000 during the year. the acquisitions were primarily attributable 
to the purchase of rydges gladstone and rydges townsville, the expansion of the existing cinema circuits, refurbishment requirements for the 
cinemas, hotels and resorts and the infrastructure and operational requirements for the thredbo alpine resort. acquisitions exclude capital 
expenditure incurred through partnership activities.

in february 2010, the group acquired the Skycity cinema business. the net purchase price was $43,897,000. the business includes 14 cinemas 
(106 screens) located throughout new Zealand, a 50% interest in rialto cinemas in new Zealand which has 3 cinemas (16 screens) and a 66.67% 
interest in Skycity cinemas fiji which has 2 cinemas (10 screens). all cinema properties in new Zealand are leasehold, whereas the sites in fiji 
are owned sites. 

in addition, the group acquired the beverly hills and cronulla cinema complexes, the 50% interest in the glendale cinema not already owned by the 
group and an interest in a cinema site in noosa, queensland for a total consideration of $17,892,000.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
Directors’ report continued

CApitAl stRuCtuRe
the group completed a 1 for 5 renounceable 
pro-rata entitlement offer in december 2009. 
the offer closed oversubscribed and the 
company issued 26,080,088 shares at 
$4.10 per share and raised net proceeds 
totalling $105,987,000.

in february 2010, the company announced the 
reintroduction of the dividend reinvestment 
plan and in march 2010 the company 
issued 2,150,415 shares at $5.48 per share. 
in addition, the company issued 570,193 
performance shares to employees under 
the executive performance Share plan in 
june 2010.

borrowings decreased by $33,344,000 during 
the year. the net debt to book equity ratio 
has decreased to 0.2% as at 30 june 2010 
(2009: 9.5%).

tReAsuRy poliCy
the group manages interest rate risk in 
accordance with a board approved policy 
covering the types of instruments, range 
of protection and duration of instruments. 
the financial instruments cover interest 
rate swaps and forward rate agreements. 
maturities of these instruments are up to a 
maximum of five years. interest rate swaps 
and forward rate agreements allow the group 
to raise long term borrowings including long 
term finance leases, at floating rates and 
swap a portion of those borrowings into 
fixed rates.

the approved range of interest rate cover 
is based on the projected debt levels for 
each currency and reduced for each future 
year. the group currently hedges interest 
bearing debt in aud, eur and nZd with 
cover at 30 june 2010 extending to march 
2012 in aud to december 2010 in eur and 
to September 2011 in nZd. at 30 june 2010, 
due to the low level of group debt, the group 
had only 20% (2009: 64%) of debt hedged.

the group classifies interest rate swaps as 
cash flow hedges and states them at fair 
value in the Statement of financial position.

liQuidity And Funding
the group’s secured bank debt facilities 
comprise the following:

•	 A$160,000,000	of	revolving	 
multi-currency loan facility; 

•	 A$70,000,000	of	cash	advance	facility;

•	 A$38,750,000	of	credit	support	facility	

(for the issue of letters of credit and bank 
guarantees); and

•	 A	total	of	A$5,050,000	in	overdraft	
limits to support its transactional 
banking facilities.

the above facilities mature on 10 july 2012. 
these facilities are supported by interlocking 
guarantees from most group entities and are 
secured by specific property mortgages. debt 
drawn under these facilities bears interest at 
the relevant inter-bank benchmark reference 
rate plus a margin of between 0.45% to 
0.90%. at 30 june 2010, the group had drawn 
$40,624,000 (2009: $67,093,000) under the 
debt facilities, of which 20% was subject to 
interest rate swaps used for hedging.

in addition to the above facilities, wholly 
owned subsidiaries in germany have a 
working capital facility totalling €9,000,000 
(a$12,896,000), secured by a letter of credit 
and bank guarantees drawn under the credit 
support facility in australia. debt drawn under 
this facility bears interest at the relevant 
inter-bank benchmark reference rate plus 
a margin of 0.85%. this facility is subject 
to annual review. at 30 june 2010, the 
group had no debt drawn under this facility 
(2009: debt of a$700,000).

use of funds under the group’s main bank 
facilities is limited by certain undertakings; 
however, it is considered that the group has 
sufficient bank facilities available to meet 
any investment opportunities and seasonal 
fluctuations in working capital requirements.

CAsh Flows FRom opeRAtions
operating net cash inflows increased to 
$136,586,000 from $101,991,000 in the prior 
year to 30 june 2009. the increase was 
mostly attributable to increased revenues 
from operations, particularly from the 
exhibition businesses, with a significant 
improvement from the australian and german 
cinema exhibition segments.

impACt oF legislAtion And otheR 
exteRnAl ReQuiRements
there were no changes in environmental or 
other legislative requirements during the year 
that have significantly impacted the results of 
operations of the group.

review of operAtionS 
By DiviSion

enteRtAinment
CinemA exhibition – AustRAliA

As at 30 June 

2010 

2009  Movement

cinema locations* 
cinema screens* 

55 
473 

53 
460 

2
13

* managed and joint venture cinema sites.

the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $52,979,000, 
an increase of $9,996,000 on the prior 
year result. 

the australian cinema circuit experienced a 
strong year, achieving a 16.3% increase in 
box office over the prior year. this result was 
driven by the strong performance of the 3d 
blockbuster Avatar, which achieved a record 
at the australian box office grossing in excess 
of $115 million. other major contributors were 
Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince and 
Transformers: Revenge of the Fallen which 
both achieved in excess of $40 million and 
Alice in Wonderland, The Twilight Saga: New 
Moon, Ice Age 3: Dawn of the Dinosaurs, Up 
and Iron Man 2 each grossing in excess of 
$25 million.

during the year, the group significantly 
expanded its 3d digital footprint so as to 
capitalise on the increasing number of titles 
being released in 3d. over the 12 month 
period, an additional 55 3d projectors 
were installed over the circuit, taking the 
total number of projectors to 110, which 
is the largest deployment of any exhibitor 
within australia.

merchandising revenue continued to grow 
with a 6.8% improvement in revenue per 
admission over the prior year. this growth 
was driven by the continued rollout of the 
successful self serve Scoop alley candy bar 
concept, a number of successful candy bar 
combo promotions and the ongoing success 
of the gold class concept. the increased box 
office and merchandising revenue contributed 
to the 23.3% growth in earnings for the 
australian circuit. 

the continued focus on driving growth in 
online ticket sales was boosted by the new 
mobile and iphone applications. in addition, a 
continued focus on corporate sales as well as 
the broadening of retail sales channels for gift 
card products resulted in a 9.2% increase in 
the sale of these products.

during october 2009, the group purchased the 
beverly hills and cronulla cinema businesses. 
both cinemas comprise of six screens and are 
located within south-western and southern 
Sydney. additionally in june 2010, the group 
purchased the noosa cinema business located 
on the Sunshine coast and closed the regent 
cinema complex located in the brisbane cbd. 

Subsequent to the end of the financial year, 
the group announced it had acquired the 
moonlight cinema business for $1,750,000. 
moonlight cinema operates an outdoor 
cinema business across five sites, located 
in Sydney, melbourne, adelaide, brisbane 
and perth. Settlement of this transaction 
is expected in September 2010, subject to 
certain conditions precedent being met. 

14

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

the contribution for the group’s 50% interest 
in the village managed circuit in victoria 
showed a significant increase over the prior 
year due largely to the strong movie line-up 
and a focus on control of operating costs.

CinemA exhibition – new ZeAlAnd & FiJi

As at 30 June 

2010 

2009  Movement

Cinema	locations*	
Cinema	screens*	

19	
132	

–	
–	

N/A
N/A

* managed and joint venture cinema sites.

in february 2010, the group completed the 
transaction to purchase the Skycity cinema 
business in new Zealand. the business 
consists of 14 leasehold cinemas, the rialto 
joint venture (50% share in three cinemas) 
and the fiji cinema joint venture (66.67% 
share in two cinemas).

the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense for the period since 
acquisition was $694,000. 

a total of 12 of the wholly owned cinemas, 
which had previously been branded Skycity 
cinemas were rebranded to event cinemas. 
a major marketing campaign was undertaken 
in june 2010 to launch and promote the 
event cinemas brand. the embassy and 
new plymouth cinemas retained their original 
independent cinema names.

the circuit experienced a strong year, with 
box office up 36.5% on the prior year. 
this result was underpinned by the strong 
performance of Avatar, which achieved a 
record in excess of $17 million at the new 
Zealand box office and the local new Zealand 
produced Boy which grossed in excess of 
$9 million. other major contributors were 
Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince, Alice 
in Wonderland, The Twilight Saga: New 
Moon, Ice Age 3: Dawn of the Dinosaurs 
and Up with each film grossing in excess of 
$5 million. 

merchandising revenue showed good 
growth with a 5% improvement in revenue 
per admission over the prior year. this 
growth was driven by a focused approach 
on a number of successful candy bar 
combo promotions.

during the year, an additional six new 3d 
projectors were installed over the circuit, 
taking the total amount of projectors to 10, 
which helped the circuit capitalise on the 
increased number of 3d films.

CinemA exhibition – geRmAny

As at 30 June 

2010 

2009  Movement

cinema locations* 
cinema screens* 

62 
464 

66 
504 

(4)
(40)

* managed and joint venture cinema sites.

the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $30,166,000, 
an increase of $18,150,000 on the prior 
year result.

the group’s cinema exhibition operations in 
germany again produced an excellent result 
following on from the strong result of the 
prior year. the increase was largely achieved 
in the first half of the financial year. results 
for the last three months of the financial year 
were disappointing with warmer weather in 
germany and a lack of quality film product, 
particularly german film product. the football 
world cup also had a significant negative 
effect on the results for the month of june 
2010 with no major film releases from the 
start of the event to 30 june.

box office revenue in euros increased 
by 16.2% on the prior year. admissions 
increasing by 4.4% with average admission 
price showing an increase of 11.2%.this 
increase in average admission price was 
driven partly by the additional surcharge 
on 3d admissions. a total of 36 screens 
at 28 sites have 3d capability across the 
german circuit. 

the top performing films at the german box 
office for the financial year were Avatar, 
Ice Age: Dawn of the Dinosaurs, Harry 
Potter and the Half-Blood Prince, Twilight 
Saga: New Moon, 2012 and the german 
productions Wickie und die starken Männer 
and Zweiohrküken. 

german films contributed 18% of the box 
office compared with 18.9% in the prior year. 
live broadcasts of the metropolitan opera 
have been very successful. these featured at 
a select number of cinemas sites in germany. 
four cinema sites were closed during the year 
to 30 june 2010. 

the strengthening of the australian dollar 
against the euro had a negative impact on the 
result when translated to australian dollars.

CinemA exhibition – united ARAb 
emiRAtes

As at 30 June 

2010 

2009  Movement

cinema locations* 
cinema screens* 

5 
50 

4 
40 

1
10

* joint venture cinema sites.

the contribution from the group’s interest in 
the cinema circuit based in the united arab 
emirates was $9,005,000.

despite increasing competition in the region, 
the circuit traded strongly with box office 
revenue in dirhams up on the prior year by 
3.6% and merchandising spend per head up 
by 8.7%. the opening of a new 10-screen 
cinema at mirdif in march of this year 
assisted with this growth, together with an 
increase in the average admission price, 

which was up 8% on the prior year. the 
increase in the average admission price can 
be largely attributed to an increase in the 
volume of 3d content and the availability of 
vip seating options at mirdif, both of which 
are sold at a higher ticket price. 

the strengthening of the australian dollar 
against the dirham negatively impacted the 
contribution from the circuit when translated 
to australian dollars.

hospitAlity And leisuRe
Rydges hotels And ResoRts

As at 30 June 

2010 

2009  Movement

locations* 
rooms* 

41 

39 
7,528  6,761 

2
767

* owned and managed hotels.

the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $27,776,000, 
an increase of $3,246,000 on the prior 
year result.

occupancy in the group’s owned hotels was 
75.6%, up 2.3 percentage points over the prior 
year. occupancy for like-for-like hotels was at 
the highest level achieved in over a decade. 
growth was driven by significant levels of 
promotional activity designed to combat 
weaker demand in the first half of the year. 
occupancy also benefited from strengthening 
demand as restrictions on corporate and 
conference travel eased in the fourth quarter 
of the year.

continued price sensitivity maintained 
pressure on room rate; however, the stronger 
occupancy and market share enabled revenue 
per-available-room to grow (on a like-for-like 
basis) by almost 3% on the prior year.

trading conditions were most favourable 
in australian mainland capital cities, with 
Sydney hotels leading the recovery. the 
trading environment is more difficult in 
regional areas, particularly the queensland 
resort locations, although signs of a 
strengthening in demand did emerge towards 
the end of the year. internationally, london 
is trading well, and whilst occupancies have 
returned to normal levels in new Zealand and 
dubai, rates have not yet begun to recover.

the group continues to leverage the 
increasingly powerful combination of rydges.
com and the Rydges PriorityGUEST program to 
deal directly with guests and drive increasing 
revenues into hotels. the program increased 
membership by 85,000, finishing the year 
with 331,000 members. revenue booked via 
rydges.com increased by some 18% over the 
prior year. 

the focus on expanding innovative food 
and beverage offerings across the group 
continued with the launch of new bar and 
restaurant concepts in several owned hotels. 

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

15

Directors’ report continued

major extensions at the managed rydges 
bell city and rydges auckland hotels were 
completed during the year and two new 
‘art Series’ hotels opened under rydges 
management in melbourne.

the group acquired rydges gladstone and 
rydges townsville in late october 2009. the 
total acquisition cost of the two hotels was 
$36,132,000.

a review of the carrying value of owned hotel 
properties as at 30 june 2010 resulted in an 
impairment write-down totaling $5,800,000. 
the impairment write-down has been 
disclosed as an individually significant item 
for the year ended 30 june 2010. 

thRedbo Alpine ResoRt
the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $15,046,000, a 
decrease of approximately 6.0% on the 
prior year. 

thredbo experienced solid trading despite 
inconsistent natural snow conditions for 
winter 2009. favourable snow and weather 
conditions during the months of july and 
august 2009 were followed by varied and 
unseasonal conditions from September to 
the end of the 2009 ski season. the warmer 
September 2009 weather for Sydney, the 
resort’s major market place, also impacted 
visitation. the full benefit of the investment in 
snow-making was particularly evident in the 
early part of the season. 

thredbo achieved approximately 369,000 skier 
days, 6% below the prior year. 

thredbo continues to maintain a focus on 
summer activities and events. the summer 
events, including the Snowy ride and blues 
and jazz festivals, assist in drawing visitors 
to the alpine area and building thredbo as a 
year-round destination.

the start of winter 2010 commenced well 
with good natural snow falls; however, 
more recently, all australian ski-resorts 
have had to rely on snow-making. the 
prevailing temperatures have greatly 
assisted and thredbo has been able to utilise 
the full benefit of the automated snow-
making facilities.

leisuRe And AttRACtions 
the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $2,424,000, an 
increase of $850,000 on the prior year result.

the featherdale result increased by 8% over 
the prior year. the result was commendable 
given that the prior year benefited from 
increased visitation during the world 
youth day celebrations. Strong domestic 
admission growth and improved yields offset 
the continued weakness in the inbound 
tourist market.

an increased number of performances held 
at the State theatre resulted in significantly 
improved trading conditions compared to the 
prior year.

enteRtAinment teChnology
the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $1,780,000, 
an increase of $2,541,000 on the prior 
year result.

edge digital technology continued to benefit 
from the ongoing rollout of digital technology 
to cinema operators in australia and new 
Zealand. filmlab continued to produce a 
satisfactory result.

stRAtegiC investments
pRopeRty
the normalised profit before interest and 
income tax expense was $4,135,000, an 
increase of $2,008,000 on the prior year. 
contributing to the improved result was 
a fair value increment of $275,000 on the 
revaluation of the group’s investment 
properties compared to a fair value decrement 
in the prior year of $1,030,000.

construction of the seven-level commercial 
office development at the former cinema 
site in canberra civic was completed in 
december 2009. the building is fully leased 
to actewagl and a favourable fair value 
adjustment of $10,163,000 in relation to 
this development has been included as an 
individually significant item. 

the residential subdivision of the bass 
hill drive-in site is progressing well, with 
52 unconditional contracts exchanged as at 
30 june 2010. a profit of $8,304,000 has been 
booked as an individually significant item in 
relation to these contracts as at 30 june 2010.

at year end, an impairment write-down 
totalling $5,525,000 was booked in relation 
to plant and equipment at the gowings and 
State theatre office buildings in Sydney. 
the write-down was recognised due to the 
planned hotel and retail redevelopment of 
the two buildings, which will result in certain 
plant items becoming redundant. the write-
down has been included as an individually 
significant item. 

StrAteGiC pLAnS By 
DiviSion

the group’s strategic plan, which includes 
future expansion, will depend on industry, 
economic and political conditions, the 
potential impact of global events, the 
future financial performance and available 
capital, the competitive environment, 
evolving customer needs and trends, and the 
availability of attractive opportunities. it is 
likely that the group’s strategies will continue 
to evolve and change in response to these and 

16

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

other factors, and there can be no absolute 
assurance that these current strategies, as 
detailed below, will be achieved.

enteRtAinment
the strategic plans for entertainment 
are applicable to both the domestic and 
international cinema businesses.

CinemA exhibition –  
domestiC And inteRnAtionAl
Enhancing the customer experience
whilst the group has no control over the 
general audience appeal of available films, 
providing consumers with a demonstrably 
superior experience in the cinema to that 
which can be achieved in the home, is a 
central strategic platform. to provide this 
enhanced cinema experience, the group will 
pursue the following strategies:

•	

the	continued	refurbishment	of	existing	
cinemas and expansion of the number of 
cinemas with the event cinemas brand;

•	 expansion	of	the	Gold	Class	cinema	
concept to certain cinema locations 
within the australian domestic circuit;

•	 expansion	of	the	Vmax	cinema	concept	
which provides the ultimate big screen 
cinema experience through larger screens 
and seats than a traditional auditorium;

•	 continued	improvement	of	food	and	

beverage outlets within the cinemas to 
maximise food and beverage revenue 
opportunities; 

•	 continued	expansion	of	the	3D	digital	

footprint within the australian domestic 
circuit to ensure all regions have access 
to the release of 3d titles; and

•	 enhanced	customer	communication	and	
ticketing through online applications.

Maximising returns from existing locations
the cinema exhibition markets in australia, 
and those international locations in which the 
group currently operates, are considered to 
be mature markets with limited growth and 
expansion opportunity. the group anticipates 
achieving growth primarily through further 
expansion of the premium cinema concepts 
of gold class and vmax and building higher 
frequency through loyalty programs.

Rationalising under-performing cinema sites
the group will continue to pursue the policy 
of rationalising under-performing cinema 
sites. all sites, in all territories, are reviewed 
periodically and, where it is assessed 
that there is limited profit or potential for 
performance turnaround, an exit strategy 
is formulated. where the site (or group of 
sites) is subject to long term leases, the 
exit strategy may be over a protracted 
period of time.

Industry developments
the group believes that there are certain 
current issues pertaining to the industry that 
have the capacity to impact the strategic 
plans and future direction of the cinema 
operations. the group will continue to 
monitor developments in relation to the 
following issues:

•	

increase	in	capital	expenditure	resulting	
from the deployment of a digital platform 
for film exhibition;

•	 alternative	film	delivery	methods	and	
the rise in popularity of other forms 
of entertainment (including dvd 
ownership and the increase of home 
entertainment systems);

•	 shortening	of	the	release	window	of	film	

to dvd; and

•	

increase	in	unauthorised	recording	
(piracy) of audio and visual recordings for 
commercial sale.

hospitAlity And leisuRe
Rydges hotels And ResoRts
Enhancing the guest experience
the group will continue to provide hotel 
guests with quality 4 star accommodation that 
consistently delivers a product and service 
that meets or exceeds guest expectations. to 
provide this, the group will continue to pursue 
the following strategies:

•	 a	constant	focus	on	innovative	and	

dynamic recruitment and training practices 
to ensure talented and dynamic people are 
attracted to work in rydges hotels;

•	 maintenance	of	all	hotels	at	4	star	

standard and when required, rejuvenation 
of key areas of hotels to ensure rydges’ 
reputation continues to be enhanced;

•	 a	specific	focus	on	creating	stand	out	

food and beverage experiences that build 
incremental spend and enhance each 
hotel’s reputation; and

•	 maintenance	of	a	leadership	position	
in the online distribution and booking 
capabilities for guests. the Rydges 
PriorityGuest program and the sales and 
revenue structure are important support 
functions for the online strategy.

Increasing the number of hotel rooms
the group will continue to seek opportunities 
for future growth through gaining of 
new hotel management agreements and 
freehold acquisitions.

Maximising returns from existing locations
the group anticipates achieving continuing 
improvements in results through growth 
in market share and initiatives that drive 
increased spend and capture rates in all hotels. 

thRedbo Alpine ResoRt
Premier holiday destination
the key strategy for the thredbo alpine 
resort is to maintain the facility as one of the 
premier australian holiday destinations. this 
strategy includes:

•	 continuing	to	ensure	the	popularity,	high	
quality and ambience of the winter-time 
resort facility;

•	 enhancing	of	snow-making	automation	to	

minimise risks in poor seasons;

•	

increasing	the	summer	and	shoulder	
visitations by both leisure and 
conference guests; 

•	 staging	special	events	that	help	to	

promote the resort; and

•	 ensuring	that	the	environmental	integrity	
of the resort is maintained and, where 
possible, improved.

Maximising returns from existing facility
the group anticipates that the resort will 
achieve growth through shoulder periods, 
summer revenue and cost improvements, 
increased visitation and increased 
occupancy rates.

enteRtAinment teChnology
the strategic plans for entertainment 
technology are applicable to each of the 
technology businesses.

edge digitAl teChnology And FilmlAb
Maintaining pace with technological advances
the group will continue to build and 
maintain knowledge in relation to evolving 
cinema systems, and in particular digital 
projection systems.

Maximising returns from existing businesses
the group is focusing on restructuring 
business processes to reduce the level of 
operating costs of the existing business and 
ensuring the appropriate structures are in 
place for the rollout of the digital platform.

Industry developments
the group expects that a digital platform will 
replace the current 35mm film release printing 
process over the next one to three years. the 
group is assessing potential income streams 
from digital content delivery platforms, 
including alternate content distribution.

stRAtegiC investments
pRopeRty
Maximising returns from existing investments
the group has a number of property assets that 
it intends to redevelop over time. the timing of 
these redevelopments is dependent on the type 
of use and stage of the property cycle.

DiviDenDS

dividends paid or declared by the company 
since the end of the previous year were:

type 

deClARed And pAid duRing the yeAR
final 2009 dividend 
interim 2010 dividend 

deClARed AFteR the end oF the yeAR
final 2010 dividend 

per share 
Cents 

total amount 
$’000 

date of payment 

tax rate for 
franking credit

21 
14 

23 

17 September 2009 
29 march 2010 

30%
30%

27,383 
21,907 

49,290

36,615 

16 September 2010 

30%

all the dividends paid or declared by the company since the end of the previous year were 100% franked.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

remunerAtion report

the remuneration report, which forms part of the directors’ report, is set out on pages 20 to 27 and has been audited as required by section 
308(3c) of the Corporations Act 2001.

eventS SuBSequent to reportinG DAte

Subsequent to 30 june 2010, the group announced the acquisition of the moonlight cinema business for a purchase price of $1,750,000. moonlight 
cinema is an outdoor cinema operation with five sites screening films in melbourne, Sydney, perth, brisbane and adelaide during the three month 
summer season.

other than the matter outlined above, there has not arisen in the interval between the end of the year and the date of this report, any item, 
transaction or event of a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the directors of the company, to affect significantly the operations of 
the group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the group, in future years.

LiKeLy DeveLopmentS

likely developments in the operations of the group are referred to in the review of operations by division, set out within this report. 

DireCtorS’ intereStS

the relevant interest of each director of the company in share capital of the company, as notified by the directors to the australian Securities 
exchange (“aSx”) in accordance with section 205g(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows:

director

AG	Rydge	
AJ	Clark	
KG	Chapman	
PR	Coates	
RM	Graham	
RG	Newton	
DC	Seargeant	
tc ford (b)	

ordinary shares  
held by companies  
in which a director  
has a beneficial 
interest (a)

ordinary shares  
held directly

3,037,915	
30,000	
–	
–	
6,992	
–	
719,518	
–	

68,548,033	
35,000	
54,000	
28,000	
5,760	
66,000	
299,972	
–	

options  
held directly

performance  
shares held  
directly

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–
–
–
–
–
–
580,000
–

(a)  relevant interest under the Corporations Act 2001 differs from the disclosure required under australian accounting Standards as presented in note 38 to the financial report.
(b)  mr tc ford resigned on 23 october 2009. at the date of resignation, mr ford had a beneficial interest in 10,000 ordinary shares.

inDemnifiCAtion AnD inSurAnCe of DireCtorS AnD offiCerS

the company’s constitution provides an indemnity to each person, including ag rydge, aj clark, kg chapman, pr coates, rm graham, rg newton 
and dc Seargeant, who is or who has been a director or alternate director of the company or of any related body corporate of the company. the 
indemnity also extends to such other officers or former officers, including executive officers or former executive officers, of the company and of any 
related body corporate of the company as the directors of the company determine.

in terms of the indemnity, the company will indemnify the directors and other officers of the company acting as such, to the full extent permitted 
by law, against any liability to another person (other than the company or a related body corporate) incurred in acting as a director or officer of the 
company, unless the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith. the indemnity includes any liability for costs and expenses incurred 
by such person in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgement is given in that person’s favour, or in which the person is 
acquitted and in making an application in relation to any proceedings in which the court grants relief to the person under the law.

the company has provided directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies that cover all the directors and officers of the company and its 
controlled entities. the terms of the policies prohibit disclosure of details of the amount of the insurance cover, its nature and the premium paid.

offiCerS wHo were previouSLy pArtnerS of tHe AuDit firm

the following persons were officers of the company during the year and were previously partners of the current audit firm, kpmg, at a time when 
kpmg undertook an audit of the group:

•	 AJ	Clark	(retired	from	audit	firm	in	1998);	and

•	 PW	Horton	(retired	from	audit	firm	in	2001).

18

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

SHAre optionS

there were no options issued during the 
period. there are no unissued ordinary shares 
of the company under option at 30 june 2010.

during the prior financial year, the managing 
director and certain executives exercised 
options to acquire 733,500 fully paid ordinary 
shares in the company at a weighted average 
exercise price of $3.47 per share. refer 
note 30 to the financial report for further 
details of the options.

no options have been exercised during or 
since the end of the year.

AuDitor inDepenDenCe

the lead auditor’s independence declaration 
is set out on page 28 and forms part of 
the directors’ report for the year ended 
30 june 2010.

audit services:
auditors of the group - kpmg australia

audit and review of financial reports 
other assurance services 

overseas kpmg firms

audit and review of financial reports 
other assurance services 

other services:
Auditors	of	the	Group	–	KPMG	Australia

income tax compliance 
indirect tax compliance advice 

overseas kpmg firms

income tax compliance  
indirect tax compliance advice 
other taxation services 

non-AuDit ServiCeS 
proviDeD By KpmG

•	

during the year, kpmg, the group’s auditor, 
has performed certain other services in 
addition to their statutory duties.

the board has considered the non-audit services 
provided during the year by the auditor and in 
accordance with written advice provided by 
resolution of the audit committee is satisfied 
that the provision of those non-audit services 
during the year by the auditor is compatible 
with, and did not compromise, the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations 
Act 2001 for the following reasons:

•	 all	non-audit	services	were	subject	to	the	
corporate governance procedures adopted 
by the group and have been reviewed by 
the audit committee to ensure they do 
not impact the integrity and objectivity of 
the auditor; and

the	non-audit	services	provided	do	not	
undermine the general principles relating 
to auditor independence as set out in 
apeS 110 code of ethics for professional 
accountants, as they did not involve 
reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or 
decision-making capacity for the group, 
acting as an advocate for the group or 
jointly sharing risks and rewards.

a copy of the auditors’ independence 
declaration as required under section 307c of 
the Corporations Act 2001 has been included 
in this directors’ report.

details of the amounts paid to the auditor of 
the group, kpmg, and its related practices for 
audit and non-audit services provided during 
the year are set out below:

2010 
$ 

2009 
$

886,407 
128,403 

398,324 
8,018 

855,191
32,210

378,740
14,606

1,421,152 

1,280,747

152,721 
39,270 

191,991 

110,366 
11,170 
100,001 

221,537 

413,528 

156,492
108,129

264,621

100,502
13,572
132,176

246,250

510,871

rounDinG off

the company is of a kind referred to in class order 98/100 (as amended by class order 04/667) as issued by australian Securities and investments 
commission (“aSic”). in accordance with that class order, amounts in the financial report and directors’ report have been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

AG Rydge 
director 

DC Seargeant 
director

dated at Sydney this 19th day of august 2010.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

remunerAtion 
report – AuDiteD
this report outlines the remuneration 
arrangements in place for directors and 
executives of the group.

remunerAtion pHiLoSopHy

the nomination and remuneration committee 
is responsible for making recommendations to 
the board on remuneration policies and packages 
applicable to the board members and senior 
executives of the group. the objective of the 
remuneration policy is to ensure the remuneration 
package properly reflects the person’s duties 
and responsibilities, and that remuneration is 
competitive in attracting, motivating and retaining 
people of the appropriate quality.

remuneration levels are competitively set to 
attract appropriately qualified and experienced 
directors and executives. the nomination and 
remuneration committee obtains independent 
advice on the level of remuneration packages. 
the remuneration packages of the managing 
director and senior executives include an at-risk 
component that is linked to the overall financial 
and operational performance of the group and 
based on the achievement of specific goals of 
the group. executives participate in the group’s 
executive performance Share plan. the long 
term benefits of the executive performance 
Share plan are conditional upon the group 
achieving certain performance criteria, details of 
which are outlined below.

the group also has the following share and 
option plans:

•	 Tax	Exempt	Share	Plan;

•	 Management	Share	Option	Plan	

(suspended to new issues and no grants 
have been made under this plan since 
2004); and

•	 Employee	Share	Plan	(closed	to	new	

members and no offers have been made 
under the plan since 1998).

further details in relation to the various share 
plans and option plan are provided in note 30 
to the financial report.

remunerAtion StruCture

in accordance with best practice corporate 
governance, the structure of non-executive 
director remuneration is separate and distinct 
from senior executive remuneration.

non-exeCutive DireCtor 
remunerAtion

obJeCtive
the board seeks to set aggregate 
remuneration at a level which provides 
the group with the ability to attract and 
retain directors of the highest calibre, 
whilst incurring a cost which is acceptable 
to shareholders.

stRuCtuRe
the constitution and the aSx listing rules 
specify that the aggregate remuneration of 
non-executive directors shall be determined 
from time to time by a general meeting. an 
amount not exceeding the amount determined 
is then divided between the directors as 
agreed. the latest determination was at the 
annual general meeting held on 30 november 
2007 when shareholders approved an 
aggregate remuneration of $1,100,000 per 
year. non-executive directors do not receive 
any performance related remuneration 
nor are they issued options, shares or 
performance shares.

the amount of aggregate remuneration 
sought to be approved by shareholders and 
the manner in which it is apportioned among 
directors is reviewed annually. the board 
considers advice from external consultants 
as well as the fees paid to non-executive 
directors of comparable companies when 
undertaking the annual review process.

each director receives a fee for being a 
director of the company. an additional 
fee is also paid for being a member of the 
audit committee and the nomination and 
remuneration committee. the payment of an 
additional fee recognises the additional time 
commitment required by directors who serve 
on those committees. directors’ base fees 
are presently $102,000 per annum (chairman: 
$255,000 per annum, inclusive of committee 
fees). directors’ fees cover all main board 
activities. non-executive director members 
who sit on both the audit committee and the 
nomination and remuneration committee 
receive an additional payment of $16,000 per 
annum (chairman of both the audit committee 
and the nomination and remuneration 
committee: $31,000 per annum).

the remuneration of non-executive directors 
for the year ended 30 june 2010 is detailed 
on page 24 in this report.

the company also has a directors’ retirement 
plan. the plan was suspended in respect 
of any new director appointments, on 
15 may 2003 and directors appointed to 
the board after that date are not entitled 
to participate in the plan. under the plan, 
directors with more than three years service 
receive a retirement lump sum based on the 
length of service. the plan benefits accrued 
on a monthly basis and reach the maximum 
amount after 12 years service. the benefit is 
capped to a maximum lump sum per director 
of $165,000. the plan has been fully accrued 
since the year ended 30 june 2007 and the 
company has not incurred any additional 
expense since that date. 

during the year, the company paid $165,000 
to mr tc ford under the plan. mr ford 
resigned as a director on 23 october 2009. 
there were no other benefits paid under the 
plan during the year ended 30 june 2010.

the amounts accrued in respect of the 
directors’ retirement plan are as follows:

Directors 

aj clark 
rm graham 
TC	Ford	

total 

2010 
$ 

2009 
$

165,000 
165,000 
–	

165,000
165,000
165,000

330,000 

495,000 

the maximum benefit amount has been 
accrued for each participating director and no 
further directors’ retirement plan expense 
accruals will occur in future years.

mAnAGinG DireCtor AnD 
exeCutive remunerAtion

obJeCtive
the group aims to reward the managing 
director and executives with a level and mix 
of remuneration commensurate with their 
position and responsibilities within the group, 
and so as to:

•	

reward	executives	for	Group,	business	
unit and individual performance against 
targets set by reference to appropriate 
benchmarks and key performance 
indicators (“kpis”);

•	 align	the	interests	of	executives	with	

those of shareholders;

•	

link	reward	with	the	strategic	goals	and	
performance of the group; and

•	 ensure	total	remuneration	is	competitive	

by market standards.

stRuCtuRe
in determining the level and make-up of 
executive remuneration, the nomination and 
remuneration committee obtains independent 
advice on the appropriateness of remuneration 
packages for executives, given remuneration 
trends in other companies, from which 
recommendations are made to the board.

it is the nomination and remuneration 
committee’s policy that employment contracts 
are entered into with the managing director 
and other executives. details of these 
employment contracts are provided on page 23.

remuneration consists of both fixed and 
variable remuneration components. the 
variable remuneration component consists of 
a Short term incentive plan and a long term 
incentive plan.

20

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
the proportion of fixed remuneration and 
variable remuneration (potential short term 
and long term incentives) is established for 
each senior executive by the nomination and 
remuneration committee.

fixeD AnnuAL 
remunerAtion

obJeCtive
remuneration levels for executives are 
reviewed annually to ensure that they 
are appropriate for the responsibility, 
qualifications and experience of each 
executive and are competitive with 
the market.

the nomination and remuneration committee 
establishes and issues an appropriate 
guideline for the purpose of the annual review 
of fixed remuneration levels. the guideline is 
based on both current and forecast consumer 
price index and market conditions. there are 
no guaranteed fixed remuneration increases in 
any senior executives’ contracts.

stRuCtuRe
executives have the option to receive their 
fixed annual remuneration in cash and a 
limited range of prescribed fringe benefits 
such as motor vehicles and car parking. the 
total employment cost of any remuneration 
package, including fringe benefits tax, is taken 
into account in determining an employee’s 
fixed annual remuneration. 

certain employees have been relocated 
from their country of origin. in some cases, 
expatriate employees are entitled to the 
payment or reimbursement of relocation costs 
(at the commencement and termination of 
the contract), annual return airfares to the 
employee’s country of origin and the provision 
of assistance to complete various taxation 
returns and visa applications. 

vAriABLe remunerAtion – 
SHort term inCentive (“Sti”)

obJeCtive
the objective of the Sti program is to link the 
achievement of the operational targets with 
the remuneration received by the executives 
charged with meeting those targets. the total 
potential Sti available is set at a level so as 
to provide sufficient incentive to the executive 
to achieve the operational targets and such 
that the cost to the group is reasonable in 
the circumstances.

stRuCtuRe
actual Sti payments granted to each 
executive depend on the extent to which 
specific operating targets, set at the beginning 
of the year, are met. the operational targets 
consist of a number of kpis covering both 
financial and non-financial measures of 
performance. typically, kpis and assessment 
criteria include:

•	 meeting	of	pre-determined	growth	in	
group earnings over the prior year;

•	 meeting	of	strategic	and	operational	

objectives; and

•	 assessed	personal	effort	and	contribution.

the group has pre-determined benchmarks 
which must be met in order to trigger 
payments under the Sti. the measures were 
chosen as they directly align the individual’s 
Sti reward to the kpis of the group and to its 
strategies and performance.

on an annual basis, after consideration 
of performance against kpis, an overall 
performance rating for the group and 
each individual business unit is assessed 
and approved by the nomination and 
remuneration committee. the individual 
performance of each executive is also rated 
and all three ratings are taken into account 
when determining the amount, if any, of the 
Sti pool to be allocated to each executive.

the aggregate of annual Sti payments 
available for executives across the group is 
subject to the approval of the nomination and 
remuneration committee. Sti payments are 
delivered as a cash bonus.

for the managing director and named 
executives, the general target bonus 
opportunity range is from 0% to 150% of the 
executives’ fixed annual remuneration. the 
target bonus range for the managing director 
and named executives is detailed below:

maximum sti calculated on 
fixed annual remuneration (a)

group 
earnings

divisional 
earnings

department 
costs

special 
projects

Quantitative 
kpis

Qualitative 
kpis

Allocated between

150%	
50% 
25% 
40%	
40%	
50% 
35%	
50% 

50%	
16 2⁄3% 
12 1⁄2%	
20%	
20%	
162⁄3% 
20%	
162⁄3%	

–	
16 2⁄3%	
–	
–	
–	
16 2⁄3%	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

40%	
–	
2 1⁄2% 
31⁄3% 
10%	
–	
–	
20%	

–	
162⁄3%	
21⁄2% 
10% 
21⁄2% 
–	
10%	
131⁄3%	

60%
–
71⁄2%
62⁄3%
71⁄2%
16 2⁄3%
5%
–

executive

DC	Seargeant	
nc arundel 
pc bourke 
GC	Dean	
MR	Duff	
hr eberstaller 
PW	Horton	
kj kobishop 

(a) 

fixed annual remuneration is comprised of base salary, superannuation and benefits provided through salary sacrificing arrangements.

bonuses may be paid above these levels at the discretion of the nomination and remuneration committee and the board, if it is assessed that an 
exceptional contribution has been made by an executive. there is no separate profit-share plan.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

21

Directors’ report continued

vAriABLe remunerAtion – 
LonG term inCentive (“Lti”)

obJeCtive
the executive performance Share plan was 
approved by shareholders at the 2006 annual 
general meeting. the executive performance 
Share plan was designed to link employee 
reward with kpis that drive sustainable 
growth in shareholder value over the long 
term. the objectives of the lti plan are to:

•	 align	senior	employees’	incentives	with	

shareholder interests;

•	 balance	the	short	term	with	the	long	term	

group focus; and

•	

retain	high	calibre	senior	employees	
by providing an attractive equity-based 
incentive that builds an ownership of the 
group mindset.

only senior employees who are able to 
directly influence the long term success 
of the group participate in the executive 
performance Share plan.

stRuCtuRe
executives are awarded performance shares 
which will only vest on the achievement of 
certain performance hurdles and service 
conditions. an offer is made under the 
executive performance Share plan to senior 
employees each financial year and is based 
on individual performance as assessed by 
the annual appraisal process. if a senior 
employee does not sustain a consistent 
level of high performance, they will not 
be nominated for executive performance 
Share plan participation. the nomination 
and remuneration committee reviews all 
nominated senior employees with participation 
subject to final board approval. in accordance 
with the aSx listing rules, approval from 
shareholders is obtained before participation 
in the executive performance Share plan 
commences for the managing director.

each award of performance shares is divided 
into equal portions, with each portion being 
subject to a different performance hurdle. the 
performance hurdles are based on earnings 
per share (“epS”) and total shareholder return 
(“tSr”) growth of amalgamated holdings 
limited as determined by the board over a 
three year period (“performance period”). the 
extent to which the performance hurdles have 
been met will be assessed by the board at the 
expiry of the performance period.

the performance hurdles for the awards 
of performance shares to executives in the 
financial year ended 30 june 2010 are based 
on amalgamated holdings limited’s epS and 
tSr growth over the performance period of 
the three years from 30 june 2009 (being the 
“base year”) to 30 june 2012.

the tSr performance hurdle was chosen as 
it is widely recognised as one of the best 
indicators of shareholder value creation. the 
comparator group for tSr purposes has been 
chosen as it represents the group with which 
the group competes for shareholders’ capital. 
the hurdle is as follows:

the performance hurdles are as follows:

epS HurDLe

the epS hurdle requires that the group’s 
epS growth for the performance period must 
be greater than the target set by the board. 
the epS hurdle was chosen as it provides 
evidence of the group’s growth in earnings. 
the hurdle is as follows:

•	

•	

•	

if	annual	compound	EPS	growth	over	the	
performance period is less than 8%, no 
shares will vest with the executive;

if	annual	compound	EPS	growth	over	
the performance period is equal to 8% 
but less than 12%, the proportion of 
performance shares vesting will be 
increased on a pro-rata basis between 
50% and 100%; or

if	annual	compound	EPS	growth	over	the	
performance period compared to the base 
year is equal to or greater than 12%, all 
of the performance shares awarded (and 
attaching to this hurdle) will vest with 
the executive.

if the epS measure is not achieved within the 
initial performance measurement period to 
a threshold level or higher, there will be no 
entitlement to shares for a participant. if the 
epS performance measure is achieved to a 
threshold level or higher in the initial period, it 
will not be retested.

tSr HurDLe

the tSr hurdle requires that the growth in the 
group’s tSr must be at or above the median 
of the group’s comparator group (“comparator 
group”). the comparator group is the S&p/aSx 
200 (excluding mining stocks). growth in tSr 
is defined as share price growth and dividends 
paid and reinvested on the ex-dividend date 
(adjusted for rights, bonus issues and any 
capital reconstructions) measured from the 
time of issue to the time of vesting.

•	

•	

•	

if	annual	compound	TSR	growth	over	
the performance period is less than the 
51st percentile, no shares will vest with 
the executive;

if	annual	compound	TSR	growth	over	the	
performance period is equal to or exceeds 
the 51st percentile but is less than 75th 
percentile, the proportion of performance 
shares vesting will be increased on a pro-
rata basis between 50% and 100%; or

if	annual	compound	TSR	growth	over	the	
performance period is equal to or greater 
than 75th percentile, all of the performance 
shares awarded (and attaching to this 
hurdle) will vest with the executive.

the tSr calculation, once completed, is 
independently reviewed. if the tSr measure 
is not achieved within the initial performance 
measurement period to a threshold level or 
higher, there will be no entitlement to shares for 
a participant. if the tSr performance measure 
is achieved to a threshold level or higher in the 
initial period, it will not be retested.

the board has retained the discretion to vary 
the performance hurdles and criteria.

optionS

prior to 17 September 2004, the group 
delivered lti grants to executives in the 
form of options. the last issue of options 
was granted on 16 September 2004. the 
management Share option plan has since 
been suspended and no further grants have 
been made since 2004.

the details of the value of options, options 
exercised and options lapsed during the prior 
financial year are outlined on page 27. there 
are no unissued ordinary shares of the group 
under option at 30 june 2010 (2009: nil). 

performAnCe inDiCeS

in considering the group’s performance 
and benefits for shareholders’ wealth, the 
nomination and remuneration committee has 
regard to the following indices in respect of 
the current year and the previous four years:

net profit before individually significant items,  
income tax and non-controlling (minority) interest  
Share price (year end) 

127,255,000 
5.70 

94,144,000 
4.30 

77,738,000 
4.87 

81,914,000 
6.45 

73,693,000
4.87

2010 
$ 

2009 
$ 

2008 
$ 

2007 
$ 

2006 
$

22

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
empLoyment ContrACtS

it is the group’s policy that employment contracts for the managing director and each senior executive (with the exception of kj kobishop) are 
unlimited in term. mr kobishop’s employment contract is for a period of three years to 14 September 2011.

the employment contracts typically outline the components of remuneration paid to the managing director and executives but do not prescribe 
how remuneration levels are to be modified from year to year. generally, remuneration levels are reviewed each year to take into account consumer 
price index changes, and any change in the scope of the role performed by the senior executive and any changes required to meet the principles of 
the remuneration policy.

termination provisions in the employment contracts with the named executives are summarised in the table below:

Executives

Termination by executive

Termination by Group

dc Seargeant

the notice period is three months.

the notice period is four weeks.

nc arundel

pc bourke

gc dean

mr duff

hr eberstaller

pw horton

the notice period for the group is one month. on termination, 
the group may make a payment in lieu of notice, equal to the 
notice period. 

the group retains the right to terminate the contract 
immediately under certain conditions. on termination, the 
executive is entitled to accrued annual and long service 
benefits. there are no other termination payments. 

payment of any lti incentive (or pro-rata thereof) is at the 
discretion of the board.

Expiry date of contract

not applicable,  
rolling contracts.

kj kobishop

the notice period is the lesser of: 

the notice period for the group is the lesser of: 

14 September 2011

•	 12	months;	or	

•	 12	months;	or	

•	

the	balance	of	the	term	of	
the employment contract.

•	

the	balance	of	the	term	of	the	employment	contract.	

the group retains the right to terminate the contract 
immediately under certain conditions. on termination, the 
executive is entitled to accrued annual and reasonable 
relocation associated costs. there are no other 
termination payments. 

payment of any lti incentive (or pro-rata thereof) is at the 
discretion of the board.

Key mAnAGement perSonneL

key management personnel have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group, including directors of 
the company and executives.

Name

Position

non-exeCutive diReCtoRs

alan rydge
anthony clark
kenneth chapman
peter coates
thomas ford
robert graham
richard newton

chairman and non-executive director
independent non-executive director
independent non-executive director
independent non-executive director
independent non-executive director
independent non-executive director
independent non-executive director

exeCutive diReCtoR

david Seargeant

managing director and chief  
executive officer

Period of responsibility

Employing company

1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
18	February	2010	–	30	June	2010
10	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	23	October	2009
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010

amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited

1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010

amalgamated holdings limited

exeCutives

norman arundel
peter bourke
gregory dean
mathew duff
hans eberstaller 

peter horton
kevin kobishop

managing director rydges hotels & resorts
director of information technology
company Secretary
director commercial
managing director ahl Strategic  
investments
director finance & accounting
corporate director of food and beverage

1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
19	April	2010	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010 

1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010
1	July	2009	–	30	June	2010

rydges hotels limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited
the greater union organisation  
pty limited
amalgamated holdings limited
amalgamated holdings limited

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

23

Directors’ report continued

DireCtorS’ AnD exeCutiveS’ remunerAtion

details of the nature and amount of each major element of the remuneration of each director of the company and each of the named executive 
officers of the group receiving the highest remuneration are set out below. in accordance with the requirements of aaSb 124 related party 
disclosures, the remuneration tables only include remuneration relating to the portion of the relevant periods that each individual was a key 
management person.

r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

i

F
x
e
d
a
n
n
u
a

l

a
n
d
f
e
e
s

$

b
o
n
u
s
e
s

s
t
i

$

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

230,539
221,255

128,000
108,810

32,592
–

87,627
–

32,667
90,000

113,000
104,000

–
70,050

89,908
82,569

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

2010
2009

1,735,539
1,141,255

2,030,000
1,732,500

diReCtoRs

Non-executive

ag rydge

aj clark

kg chapman (d)

pr coates (e)

tc ford (f)

rm graham

m hellicar (g)

rg newton

Executive

dc Seargeant

exeCutives – the CompAny

pc bourke (h)

gc dean

mr duff

pw horton

kj kobishop (i)

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

46,133
–

248,539
241,255

382,539
383,255

335,539
354,338

350,705
334,872

exeCutives – the gRoup

nc arundel

hr eberstaller

rd entwistle (j)

2010
2009

2010
2009

2010
2009

405,539
391,255

162,028
154,568

–
338,757

–
–

 97,741
62,651

153,837
56,550

122,500
81,620

69,999
–

87,763
96,289

265,500
51,995

–
59,952

Short term

n
o
n
-
c
a
s
h

b
e
n
e
fi
t
s

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

32,276
19,286

–
–

–
–

–
–

Post- 
employ-
ment

Share-
based

Other  
long term

Other

s
e
r
v
c
e

i

l

e
a
v
e

A
c
c
r
u
e
d

l

o
n
g

b
e
n
e
fi
t
s

(
c
)

R
e
t
i
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
n
u
a

l

l

e
a
v
e

A
c
c
r
u
e
d

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

s
u
p
e
r
a
n
n
u
a
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
s

$

14,461
13,745

–
9,190

2,933
–

7,887
–

–
–

–
–

–
4,950

8,092
7,431

p
r
e
m
u
m
s

i

(
a
)

i
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

l
t
i
e
q
u
i
t
y

(
b
)

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

95,621
168,303

10,461
10,561

14,461
13,745

473,726
486,462

67,835
314,407

4,089
–

2,788
7,650

7,141
7,092

(17,917)
(2)

(13,189)
15,028

(353)
1,325

9,218
34,068

–
4,645

–
–

2,088
1,105

2,088
2,210

2,088
2,210

835
697

835
884

1,044
1,105

–
537

3,179
–

14,461
13,745

14,461
13,745

14,461
13,745

–
–

44,980
41,493

71,264
67,045

69,321
66,072

–
–

156,145
55,888

14,461
13,745

11,183
11,432

–
8,869

69,315
54,814

14,585
22,292

–
42,499

–
–

7,028
5,938

11,047
7,370

8,529
2,489

–
–

–
–

3,123
4,091

–
(15,375)

–
123,750

p
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
r
e
a
t
e
d

l

r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f

%

t
o
t
a

l

$

 245,000
 235,000

 128,000
 118,000

 35,525
	–

 95,514
	–

 32,667
 90,000

 113,000
 104,000

–
 75,000

 98,000
 90,000

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

4,427,643
3,867,233

56.5%
57.4%

53,401
–

417,625
373,837

642,377
537,267

534,521
520,472

596,771
425,771

577,560
558,312

466,681
279,551

–
563,634

–
–

34.2%
27.9%

35.0%
23.0%

35.9%
28.4%

37.9%
13.1%

27.2%
27.1%

60.0%
26.6%

–
18.2%

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

24

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
(a)  amounts disclosed above for remuneration of directors and named executives exclude insurance premiums paid by the group in respect of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 

contracts as the contracts do not specify premiums paid in respect of individual directors and officers. information relating to the insurance contracts is set out within this remuneration 
report. the amounts disclosed in the table above relate to premiums paid by the group for group salary continuance insurance.

(b)  amounts disclosed above for remuneration relating to performance shares have been determined in accordance with the requirements of aaSb 2 Share-based payment. aaSb 2 

requires the measurement of the fair value of performance shares at the grant date and then to have that value apportioned in equal amounts over the period from grant date to vesting 
date. a value has been placed on the performance shares using a monte carlo simulation model. details of performance shares on issue are set out within the remuneration report and 
further details on the terms and conditions of these performance shares is set out in note 30 to the financial report.
there were no amounts accrued during the year relating to the directors’ retirement plan. an amount of $165,000, which had been accrued in prior years, was paid in the year to 
30 june 2010 to tc ford on his resignation from the board. further information regarding the directors’ retirement plan has been included within the remuneration report.

(c) 

(d)  kg chapman was appointed on 18 february 2010.
pr coates was appointed on 10 july 2009.
(e) 
(f) 
tc ford resigned 23 october 2009.
(g)  m hellicar resigned 23 april 2009.
(h) 
(i) 

pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010.
kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. kj kobishop is a citizen of the united States of america and is a 457 visa holder, and his employment 
arrangements have satisfied certain exemption conditions as set out by the australian taxation office. as a result, the group does not have any superannuation obligations in relation to 
the employment of kj kobishop. 
rd entwistle ceased employment with the group on 7 february 2009.

(j) 

AnALySiS of Sti BonuSeS inCLuDeD in remunerAtion

the bonus table below is calculated on the basis of including awarded bonuses only. it only includes remuneration relating to the portion of the 
relevant periods that each individual was a key management person. details of the vesting profile of the Sti bonuses awarded as remuneration to 
the managing director and each of the named executive officers of the group are detailed below:

mAnAging diReCtoR
dc Seargeant (c) 

exeCutives
nc arundel 
pc bourke (d)	
gc dean 
mr duff 
hr eberstaller (e)	
PW	Horton	
kj kobishop (f) 

Included in  
remuneration (a) 
$ 

Awarded 
in year 
% 

Not awarded 
in year (b) 
%

2,030,000 

87,763 
–	
97,741 
153,837 
265,500	
122,500	
69,999 

92.5% 

43.3% 
–%	
95.8% 
96.9% 
100%	
100%	
43.3% 

7.5%

56.7%
–%
4.2%
3.1%
–%
–%
56.7%

(a)  amounts included in remuneration for the year represent the amounts that were awarded in the year based on achievement of personal goals and satisfaction of specified performance 

criteria for the 30 june 2009 year. no amounts vest in future years in respect of the Sti bonus schemes for the 2009 year.
the amounts not awarded are due to the performance criteria not being met in relation to the assessment period.
the Sti bonus includes a total of $86,625 awarded as an additional bonus payment for exceptional performance recognised during the year. the Sti bonus payment also includes 
$875,000 representing the payment of the early achievement of certain 2010 bonus hurdles.
pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010.
the Sti bonus includes a total of $182,500 awarded as an additional bonus payment for exceptional performance recognised for the 30 june 2009 year.
kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. the Sti bonus has been calculated pro-rata based on the relevant service period for the 30 june 2009 year.

(b) 
(c) 

(d) 
(e) 
(f) 

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

AnALySiS of Lti performAnCe SHAreS GrAnteD AS remunerAtion

details of vesting profile of the performance shares granted as remuneration to the managing director and named executives are detailed below:

number

grant date

vested 
during the 
year 

Forfeited 
during the 
year (a) 

year in  
which the 
grant vests

performance 
share – eps

performance 
share – tsR

Fair value

%

%

mAnAging diReCtoR
dc Seargeant

exeCutives
nc arundel

pc bourke (b)

gc dean

mr duff

hr eberstaller

pw horton

240,000
140,000
100,000
100,000

18,987

23,491

14,739

5,972

28 jun 2010
23 feb 2009
18 feb 2008
19 feb 2007

28 jun 2010

23 feb 2009

18 feb 2008

19 feb 2007

–

–

11,889
14,791
8,996
7,337

17,947
23,027
14,433
12,183

7,866
5,972
4,982

15,822
22,099
14,203
12,183

28 jun 2010
23 feb 2009
18 feb 2008
19 feb 2007

28 jun 2010
23 feb 2009
18 feb 2008
19 feb 2007

28 jun 2010
18 feb 2008
19 feb 2007

28 jun 2010
23 feb 2009
18 feb 2008
19 feb 2007

kj kobishop (c)

100,000

23 feb 2009

–
–
–
100%

–

–

–

100%

–

–
–
–
100%

–
–
–
100%

–
–
100%

–
–
–
100%

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

30 jun 2013
30 jun 2012
30 jun 2011
30 jun 2010

30 jun 2013

30 jun 2012

30 jun 2011

30 jun 2010

–

30 jun 2013
30 jun 2012
30 jun 2011
30 jun 2010

30 jun 2013
30 jun 2012
30 jun 2011
30 jun 2010

30 jun 2013
30 jun 2011
30 jun 2010

30 jun 2013
30 jun 2012
30 jun 2011
30 jun 2010

30 jun 2012

$

5.78
4.34
6.02
6.39

5.78

4.34

6.02

6.39

–

5.78
4.34
6.02
6.39

5.78
4.34
6.02
6.39

5.78
6.02
6.39

5.78
4.34
6.02
6.39

4.34

$

4.72
3.80
4.31
4.63

4.72

3.80

4.31

4.63

–

4.72
3.80
4.31
4.63

4.72
3.80
4.31
4.63

4.72
4.31
4.63

4.72
3.80
4.31
4.63

3.80

the % forfeited in the year represents the reduction from the maximum number of performance shares available to vest due to the performance criteria not being achieved.
pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010.

(a) 
(b) 
(c)  kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. 

26

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

AnALySiS of movementS in performAnCe SHAreS

the movement during the year by value, of performance shares in the company held by the managing director and each of the named executives is 
detailed below:

mAnAging diReCtoR
DC	Seargeant	

exeCutives
NC	Arundel	
PC	Bourke	
GC	Dean	
MR	Duff	
HR	Eberstaller	
PW	Horton	
KJ	Kobishop	

granted  
during 
the year (a) 
$ 

exercised 
during 
the year (b) 
$ 

Forfeited 
during  
the year 
$ 

performance 
shares  
exercised 
number 

Amount 
paid per 
share 
$

1,260,000	

–	

99,682	
–	
62,418	
94,223	
41,297	
83,066	
–	

33,682	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

5,972	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–

Nil
–
–
–
–
–
–

(a) 

(b) 

the value of performance shares granted in the year is the fair value of the performance shares calculated at grant date using a monte carlo simulation model. the total value of the 
performance shares granted is included in the table above. this amount is allocated to remuneration over the vesting period.
the value of performance shares exercised during the year is calculated as the market price of shares of the company on the aSx as at close of trading on the date that the performance 
shares were exercised.

there were no performance shares granted since the end of the year.

AnALySiS of Lti optionS GrAnteD AS remunerAtion

no options granted as remuneration to the managing director and named executives vested during the year. all outstanding options were exercised 
or lapsed in the previous financial year. there are no options yet to vest as at 30 june 2010 (2009: nil).

there were no amounts unpaid on the shares issued as a result of the exercise of options. no options have been granted since 16 September 2004. 
there were no options granted since the end of the year.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ Report

27

 
 
 
 
Lead Auditor’s independence 
Declaration 

undeR seCtion 307C oF the CoRpoRAtions ACt 2001

to:  the directors of amalgamated holdings limited

i declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial year ended 30 june 2010 there have been:

(i)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

(ii)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG

David Rogers 
partner

19 august 2010

28

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

Statement of financial position

As At 30 June 2010

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

Assets
CuRRent Assets
cash and cash equivalents 
receivables 
inventories 
other 

Total current assets 

non-CuRRent Assets
receivables 
other financial assets 
available-for-sale financial assets 
investments accounted for using the equity method 
property, plant and equipment 
investment properties 
goodwill and other intangible assets 
deferred tax assets 
other 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

liAbilities
CuRRent liAbilities
payables 
interest bearing liabilities and borrowings 
current tax liabilities 
provisions 
deferred revenue 
other 

Total current liabilities 

non-CuRRent liAbilities
payables 
interest bearing liabilities and borrowings 
deferred tax liabilities 
provisions 
deferred revenue 
other 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

eQuity
Share capital 
reserves 
retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Non-controlling	(minority)	interest	

Total equity 

10 
11 
12 
13 

11 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
7(c) 
20 

21 
22 
7(b) 
24 
1(t) 
25 

21 
22 
7(c) 
24 
1(t) 
25 

26 
27 
27 

45,288 
50,476 
18,124 
6,600 

120,488 

405 
312 
10,447 
124,284 
599,082 
78,875 
32,889 
13,990 
7,780 

868,064 

988,552 

74,035 
4,993 
14,209 
16,643 
41,652 
8,535 

23,227
38,370
13,776
4,974

80,347

516
312
9,362
117,750
561,751
29,600
14,856
14,726
9,258

758,131

838,478

77,316
6,714
11,906
12,689
30,201
8,473

160,067 

147,299

2 
41,629 
8,002 
10,909 
2,937 
4,820 

68,299 

228,366 

760,186 

219,126 
103 
540,957 

760,186 
–	

760,186 

2
73,252
5,919
9,578
2,503
840

92,094

239,393

599,085

101,353
6,167
491,475

598,995
90

599,085

the Statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on pages 34 to 90.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  statement of Financial position

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
income Statement

FoR the yeAR ended 30 June 2010

Revenue and other income
revenue from sale of goods and rendering of services 
other revenue and income 

expenses
occupancy expenses 
employee expenses 
film hire and other film expenses 
purchases and other direct expenses 
other operating expenses 
depreciation and amortisation 
advertising, commissions and marketing expenses 
impairment of assets 
finance costs  
Fair	value	decrement	on	investment	properties	

equity profit
Share of net profit of equity accounted investees:

associates 
jointly controlled entities 

Profit before tax from continuing operations 
income tax expense 

Profit after tax from continuing operations 

discontinued operations
Profit	after	tax	from	discontinued	operations	

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:
equity holders of the company 
Non-controlling	(minority)	interest	

Profit for the year 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
basic from continuing operations 
Basic	from	discontinued	operations	
Basic	–	total	

diluted from continuing operations 
Diluted	from	discontinued	operations	
Diluted	–	total	

note 

3 
3 

4(a) 

4(a) 

4(a) 
4(a) 
18	

36 
37 

4 
7 

5	

9

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

758,861 
53,979 

812,840 

(189,457) 
(172,266) 
(163,263) 
(89,937) 
(40,641) 
(33,647) 
(19,770) 
(11,325) 
(4,605) 
–	

669,860
42,451

712,311

(186,080)
(166,997)
(147,139)
(68,696)
(35,783)
(30,632)
(18,666)
(5,811)
(5,112)
(1,030)

(724,911) 

(665,946)

8,803 
39,712 

48,515 

136,444 
(37,672) 

98,772 

–	

98,772 

98,772 
–	

98,772 

2010 
Cents 

66.4 
–	
66.4	

66.4 
–	
66.4	

11,196
30,993

42,189

88,554
(22,932)

65,622

3,855

69,477

69,483
(6)

69,477

2009 
Cents

48.2
2.8
51.0

48.2
2.8
51.0

the income Statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 34 to 90.

30

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
Statement of Comprehensive income

FoR the yeAR ended 30 June 2010

Profit for the year 

other comprehensive (expense)/income 
foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations 
Share	of	associates’	reserve	movements	–	foreign	currency	translation	
Net	increase/(decrease)	in	fair	value	of	available-for-sale	financial	assets	–	net	of	tax	
Effective	portion	of	change	in	fair	value	of	cash	flow	hedges	–	net	of	tax	
Ineffective	portion	of	change	in	fair	value	of	cash	flow	hedges	–	net	of	tax	
Revaluation	of	property	on	reclassification	to	investment	properties	

Other comprehensive expense for the period – net of income tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
equity holders of the company 
Non-controlling	(minority)	interest	

Total comprehensive income for the period 

note 

27

2010 
$’000 

98,772 

(9,248) 
(735)	
759	
1,170	
232	
–	

(7,822) 

2009 
$’000

69,477

(290)
2,228
(873)
(1,853)
–
267

(521)

90,950 

68,956

90,950 
–	

90,950 

68,962
(6)

68,956

the Statement of comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 34 to 90.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  statement of Comprehensive income

31

 
 
 
Statement of Changes in equity

FoR the yeAR ended 30 June 2010

Attributable to equity holders of the Company

share 
capital  Reserves 
$’000 

$’000 

  Retained 
earnings 
$’000 

non- 
  controlling 
interest 
$’000 

total  
$’000  

total 
equity 
$’000

Balance at 1 July 2009 

Profit for the period	

otheR CompRehensive inCome
foreign currency translation differences including net  
investment	hedges	
Share of associates’ reserves movements  
–	foreign	currency	translation	
net increase in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets  
–	net	of	tax	
net change in fair value of cash flow hedges  
–	net	of	tax	

Total other comprehensive income recognised directly 
in equity	

Total comprehensive income for the period	

Distribution	to	non-controlling	(minority)	interests	in	subsidiaries	
Employee	share-based	payments	expense	–	net	of	tax	
renounceable pro-rata entitlement share issue  
–	net	of	costs	and	tax	
Shares	issued	under	the	Dividend	Reinvestment	Plan	
Net	present	value	adjustment	to	employee	share	loans	
Dividends	paid	

101,353 

6,167 

491,475 

598,995 

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	
–	

105,987	
11,786	
–	
–	

–	

98,772	

98,772	

(9,248)	

(735)	

759	

1,402	

(7,822)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(9,248)	

(735)	

759	

1,402	

(7,822)	

(7,822)	

98,772	

90,950	

–	
1,710	

–	
–	
48	
–	

–	
–	

–	
1,710	

–	
–	
–	
(49,290)	

105,987	
11,786	
48	
(49,290)	

90 

–	

599,085

98,772

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(90)	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	

(9,248)

(735)

759

1,402

(7,822)

90,950

(90)
1,710

105,987
11,786
48
(49,290)

Total transactions with owners 

117,773 

1,758 

(49,290) 

70,241 

(90) 

70,151

Balance at 30 June 2010	

219,126	

103	

540,957	

760,186	

–	

760,186

Balance at 1 July 2008 

Profit for the period	

otheR CompRehensive inCome
foreign currency translation differences including net  
investment	hedges	
Share of associates’ reserves movements  
–	foreign	currency	translation	
net decrease in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets  
–	net	of	tax	
net change in fair value of cash flow hedges  
–	net	of	tax	
Revaluation	of	property	on	reclassification	to	investment	properties	

Total other comprehensive income recognised directly  
in equity	

Total comprehensive income for the period	

Distribution	to	non-controlling	(minority)	interests	in	subsidiaries	
Employee	share-based	payments	expense	–	net	of	tax	
Exercise	of	employee	share	options	
Employee	share-based	payments	–	related	entity	employees	
Net	present	value	adjustment	to	employee	share	loans	
Dividends	paid	

Total transactions with owners 

Balance at 30 June 2009 

98,809 

5,177 

460,832 

564,818 

223 

565,041

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
2,544	
–	
–	
–	

2,544 

–	

69,483	

69,483	

(6)	

69,477

(348)	

58	

(290)	

2,228	

(873)	

(1,853)	
267	

(579)	

(579)	

–	
1,367	
–	
166	
36	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	

2,228	

(873)	

(1,853)	
267	

58	

(521)	

69,541	

68,962	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(38,898)	

–	
1,367	
2,544	
166	
36	
(38,898)	

–	

–	

–	

–	
–	

–	

(6)	

(127)	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

(290)

2,228

(873)

(1,853)
267

(521)

68,956

(127)
1,367
2,544
166
36
(38,898)

1,569 

(38,898) 

(34,785) 

(127) 

(34,912)

101,353 

6,167 

491,475 

598,995 

90 

599,085

the Statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 34 to 90.

32

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Cash flows

FoR the yeAR ended 30 June 2010

CAsh Flows FRom opeRAting ACtivities
cash receipts in the course of operations 
cash payments in the course of operations 

cash provided by operations 
distributions from associates and jointly controlled entities 
other revenue 
finance costs paid 
dividends received 
interest received 
income tax refunds 
income tax paid 

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

820,817 
(739,566) 

720,628
(662,299)

81,251 
45,357 
41,219 
(4,514) 
479 
862 
778 
(28,846) 

58,329
43,940
40,556
(4,876)
453
1,455
666
(38,532)

Net cash provided by operating activities 

40 

136,586 

101,991

CAsh Flows FRom investing ACtivities
payments for property, plant and equipment and redevelopment of investment property 
Payments	for	cinema	operations	in	New	Zealand	and	Fiji	–	net	of	cash	acquired	
Payments	for	leasehold	cinema	sites	and	associated	plant	and	equipment	in	Australia	
Payments	for	remaining	50%	interest	in	cinema	joint	venture	site	including	plant	and	equipment	
payments for increase in investments in associates and jointly controlled entities 
Purchase	of	management	rights	
Proceeds	from	disposal	of	investments	
proceeds from disposal of other non-current assets 
decrease in other loans receivable 
decrease in loans from other entities 
decrease in loans to associates and jointly controlled entities 

(83,892) 
(47,521)	
(14,375)	
(3,517)	
(98) 
–	
–	
962 
111 
(545) 
387 

(113,968)
–
–
–
(196)
(615)
1,500
79
117
(1,598)
1,692

Net cash used by investing activities 

(148,488) 

(112,989)

CAsh Flows FRom FinAnCing ACtivities
proceeds from borrowings 
repayment of borrowings 
Net	proceeds	from	renounceable	pro-rata	entitlement	share	issue	
dividends paid net of dividend reinvestment plan 
Dividends	paid	to	non-controlling	(minority)	interests	in	subsidiaries	
Proceeds	from	exercise	of	employee	share	options	

Net cash provided by financing activities 

net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 

137,304 
(170,369) 
105,987	
(37,504) 
–	
–	

35,418 

23,516 
23,227 
(1,455) 

45,288 

90,251
(48,345)
–
(38,898)
(126)
2,544

5,426

(5,572)
28,472
327

23,227

10 

the Statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on pages 34 to 90.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  statement of Cash Flows

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements

FoR the yeAR ended 30 June 2010

note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS

amalgamated holdings limited (“company”) 
is a company domiciled in australia. 
the consolidated financial report of the 
company for the year ended 30 june 2010 
comprises the company and its subsidiaries 
(collectively referred to as the “group”) and 
the group’s interest in associates and jointly 
controlled entities.

amalgamated holdings limited is a company 
incorporated in australia and limited by shares. 
the shares are publicly traded on the aSx. the 
nature of the operations and principal activities 
of the group are described in note 2.

the financial report was authorised by the 
board of amalgamated holdings limited for 
issuance on 19 august 2010.

(a)  stAtement oF CompliAnCe
the financial report is a general purpose 
financial report which has been prepared 
in accordance with australian accounting 
Standards (“aaSbs”) (including australian 
accounting interpretations) adopted by the 
australian accounting Standards board and 
the Corporations Act 2001.

the financial report also complies with 
international financial reporting Standards 
and interpretations adopted by the 
international accounting Standards board. 

(b)  bAsis oF pRepARAtion
the financial report is presented in australian 
dollars and the functional currency of the 
group is australian dollars.

the financial report is prepared on the 
historical cost basis except that the following 
assets and liabilities are stated at their 
fair value: derivative financial instruments, 
financial instruments classified as available-
for-sale, share-based payments and 
investment properties.

assets held for sale are stated at the lower of 
carrying amount, and fair value less costs to sell.

the preparation of a financial report in 
conformity with aaSbs requires management 
to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of 
policies and reported amounts of assets, 
liabilities, income and expenses. the estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors 
that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis of making the judgements about carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not 
readily apparent from other sources. actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

the estimates and underlying assumptions 
are reviewed on an ongoing basis. revisions 
to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised if 
the revision affects only that period, or in the 
period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

judgements made by management in the 
application of aaSbs that have a significant 
effect on the financial report and estimates 
with a significant risk of material adjustment 
in the next year are discussed in note 1(z).

the accounting policies have been applied 
consistently by all entities in the group.

the company is of a kind referred to in aSic 
class order 98/100 dated 10 july 1998 (updated 
by class order 05/641 effective 28 july 2005 
and class order 06/51 effective 31 january 
2006) and in accordance with the class order, 
amounts in the financial report and directors’ 
report have been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

certain comparative amounts have been 
reclassified to conform with the current 
year’s presentation. 

ChAnge in signiFiCAnt ACCounting 
poliCies
except as described below, the accounting 
policies applied in these financial reports are 
the same as those applied by the group in its 
financial reports as at and for the year ended 
30 june 2009.

(i)  Presentation of Operating Segments
accounting Standard aaSb 8 operating 
Segments replaced aaSb 114 Segment 
reporting and became mandatory for the group 
from 1 july 2009. aaSb 8 requires that the 
presentation of operating segment information 
be based on business unit dissections regularly 
used by the managing director, in assessing 
the performance of each segment. as a result 
of this change, the segment information note 
(note 2) now presents an additional dissection 
of business units previously grouped under the 
cinema exhibition international segment.

this change in accounting standards only 
impacts presentation and disclosure aspects. 
comparative segment information has been 
re-presented in conformity with this change.

(ii)  Presentation of Financial Statements
revised accounting Standard aaSb 101 
presentation of financial Statements became 
mandatory for the group from 1 july 2009. 
revised aaSb 101 requires the presentation 
of a Statement of comprehensive income 
disclosing changes in equity not relating to 
share capital, which when added to the profit 
for the period gives the total comprehensive 
income for the period. this presentation has 
been applied in these financial reports as at 
and for the year ended on 30 june 2010.

this change only impacts presentation 
aspects. comparative information has 
been re-presented in conformity with the 
revised standard.

(iii)  Accounting for Business Combinations
revised accounting Standard aaSb 3 
business combinations and aaSb 127 
consolidated and Separate financial 
Statements became mandatory for the group 
from 1 july 2009.

aaSb 3 changes the application of acquisition 
accounting for business combinations and 
the accounting for non-controlling (minority) 
interests. changes affect the valuation of non-
controlling interests, the initial recognition 
and subsequent measurement of contingent 
consideration, business combinations 
achieved in stages and the determination 
of goodwill recognised. transaction costs 
relating to business combinations are also 
now expensed as incurred.

revised accounting Standard aaSb 127 
changes the accounting for investments 
in subsidiaries where there is a change in 
ownership interest by the group. a change 
in ownership interest, without a change in 
control, is now accounted for as a transaction 
with owners in their capacity as owners and 
as such will no longer give rise to goodwill, 
nor a gain or loss in the Statement of 
comprehensive income. also, the revised 
standard changes the accounting for losses 
incurred by a partially owned subsidiary as 
well as accounting for the loss of control of a 
subsidiary.

the group has applied the new policy 
prospectively for business combinations that 
occurred during the year ended 30 june 2010 
as disclosed in note 34.

(iv)  Accounting for Property under 
Construction or Development for Future  
Use as an Investment Property
amendments made to accounting Standard 
aaSb 140 investment property require 
that, where the fair value option has been 
taken to measure investment property, an 
investment property under construction or 
development should also be measured at 
fair value (unless a fair value cannot be 
reliably determined). changes in fair value 
are recognised in the income Statement. 
these amendments, which have been 
applied from 1 july 2009, change the 
timing of the recognition of fair value 
adjustments in respect of investment 
properties under development. previously, 
a change in the fair value of a developed 
property was recognised on completion of 
the development. as the only investment 
property under construction or development 
was completed during the financial year 
to 30 june 2010, this change has had no 
impact on the results for the period.

34

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
ChAnge in signiFiCAnt ACCounting 
poliCies (Continued)
the changes in these significant accounting 
policies were applied prospectively and have 
had no material impact on earnings per share. 

the following standards, amendments to 
standards and interpretations have been 
identified as those which may impact the group 
in the period of initial application. they were 
available for early adoption at 30 june 2010, 
but have not been applied by the group in 
preparing these financial statements:

•	

Improvements	to	International	Financial	
reporting Standards 2009 incorporates 
a number of amendments to accounting 
standards. one amendment that may 
impact on the group is as follows:

•	

IAS	17	Leases	(“IAS	17”).	Under	
the amendment to iaS 17, a long 
term land lease may have to be 
classified as a finance lease, even 
if title to the land is not going to 
pass to the lessee at the end of the 
lease. this change will impact on 
the accounting treatment for certain 
leased properties within the group. 
the impact of this amendment on the 
group’s future financial reports, has 
not yet been determined; and

•	 AASB	9	Financial	Instruments	includes	
requirements for the classification 
and measurement of financial assets 
resulting from the first part of phase 
1 of the project to replace aaSb 139 
financial instruments: recognition and 
measurement. aaSb 9 will become 
mandatory for the group’s 30 june 2014 
financial statements. retrospective 
application is generally required, although 
there are exceptions, particularly if the 
entity adopts the standard for the year 
ending 30 june 2012 or earlier. the group 
has not yet determined the potential 
effect of the standard. 

(c)  bAsis oF ConsolidAtion
the consolidated financial statements 
comprise the financial statements of the 
company and its subsidiaries as at 30 june 
each year end.

(i)  business CombinAtions
the group has adopted revised aaSb 
3 business combinations (2008) and 
amended aaSb 127 consolidated and 
Separate financial Statements (2008) for 
business combinations occurring on or after 
1 july 2009.

business combinations are accounted for 
using the acquisition method. under the 

acquisition method, consideration transferred 
in a business combination is measured at 
fair value, which is measured as the sum 
of the fair values at acquisition date of the 
assets transferred, liabilities incurred by the 
group to the previous owners of the acquiree, 
and equity interests issued by the group. 
consideration transferred also includes the 
fair value of any contingent consideration 
and share-based payment awards of the 
acquiree that are replaced mandatorily in the 
business combination. 

goodwill arising from the business 
combination is determined as the fair value 
of the consideration transferred, including 
the recognised amount of any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree, less the net 
recognised amount (generally fair value) of 
the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed, which are measured at the 
acquisition date.

a contingent liability of the acquiree is 
assumed in a business combination only if 
the liability represents a present obligation 
and arises from past events, and its fair value 
can be measured.

the group measures any non-controlling 
interest at its proportionate interest of 
the fair value of identifiable net assets of 
the acquiree.

transaction costs incurred by the group in 
connection with a business combination, such 
as due diligence fees, legal fees and other 
professional costs are expensed as incurred.

(ii)  subsidiARies
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the 
company. control exists when the company 
has the power, directly or indirectly, to 
govern the financial and operating policies 
of an entity so as to obtain benefits from 
its activities. in assessing control, potential 
voting rights that are presently exercisable 
or convertible are taken into account. 
the financial statements of subsidiaries 
are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

(iii)  AssoCiAtes And Jointly ContRolled  

entities (“eQuity ACCounted  
investees”)

associates are those entities for which 
the group has significant influence, but not 
control, over the financial and operating 
policies. Significant influence is presumed to 
exist when the group holds between 20% and 
50% of the voting power of another entity. 
jointly controlled entities are those entities 
over whose activities the group has joint 
control, established by contractual agreement 
and requiring unanimous consent for strategic 
financial and operating decisions. the 
consolidated financial statements include the 

group’s share of the total recognised gains 
and losses of associates and jointly controlled 
entities on an equity accounted basis, from 
the date that significant influence commences 
or joint control commences until the date that 
significant influence or joint control ceases. 
the group’s share of movements in reserves is 
recognised directly in consolidated reserves. 
when the group’s share of losses exceeds its 
interest in an equity accounted investee, the 
group’s carrying amount is reduced to nil and 
recognition of further losses is discontinued 
except to the extent that the group has 
incurred legal or constructive obligations to 
make payments on behalf of the investee.

(iv)  tRAnsACtions eliminAted on  

ConsolidAtion

intra-group balances, and any unrealised 
gains and losses or income and expenses 
arising from intra-group transactions, are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements.

unrealised gains arising from transactions 
with associates and jointly controlled entities 
are eliminated to the extent of the group’s 
interest in the entity.

unrealised losses are eliminated in the same 
way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent 
that there is no evidence of impairment.

gains and losses are recognised as the 
contributed assets are consumed or sold by 
the associates or jointly controlled entities 
or, if not consumed or sold by the associate 
or jointly controlled entity, when the group’s 
interest in such entities is sold.

(d)  FoReign CuRRenCy
(i)  FoReign CuRRenCy tRAnsACtions
transactions in foreign currencies are 
translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling 
at the date of the transaction. monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies at the year end date are 
translated to australian dollars at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at that date. foreign 
exchange differences arising on translation 
are recognised in the income Statement. 
non-monetary assets and liabilities that 
are measured in terms of historical cost 
in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction. non-monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
that are stated at fair value are translated 
to australian dollars at foreign exchange 
rates ruling at the dates the fair value 
was determined.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

35

 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(d)  FoReign CuRRenCy (Continued)
(ii)  FinAnCiAl stAtements oF  

FoReign opeRAtions

the assets and liabilities of foreign operations, 
including goodwill and fair value adjustments 
arising on consolidation, are translated to 
australian dollars at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the year end date. the revenues and 
expenses of foreign operations are translated 
to australian dollars at rates approximating the 
foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of 
the transactions. foreign exchange differences 
arising on retranslation are recognised in the 
foreign currency translation reserve. when 
a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or 
in full, the relevant amount in the reserve is 
transferred to profit or loss.

(iii)  net investment in FoReign  

opeRAtions

exchange differences arising from the 
translation of the net investment in foreign 
operations, and the effective portion of 
related hedges, are taken to the foreign 
currency translation reserve. they are 
released to profit or loss as an adjustment to 
profit or loss on disposal.

foreign exchange gains and losses arising 
from a monetary item receivable from or 
payable to a foreign operation, the settlement 
of which is neither planned or likely in the 
foreseeable future, are considered to form 
part of a net investment in a foreign operation 
and are recognised directly in equity in the 
foreign currency translation reserve.

(e)  deRivAtive FinAnCiAl instRuments
the group uses derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign 
exchange and interest rate risks arising from 
operating activities, investing activities and 
financing activities. in accordance with its 
treasury policy, the group does not hold or 
issue derivative financial instruments for 
trading purposes.

derivative financial instruments are 
recognised at fair value. the gain or loss on 
remeasurement to fair value is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. however, where 
derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, 
recognition of any resultant gain or loss 
depends on the nature of the item being 
hedged (refer note 1(f)).

the fair value of interest rate swaps is the 
estimated amount that the group would 
receive or pay to terminate the swap at the 
year end date, taking into account current 
interest rates and the creditworthiness of the 
swap counterparties. the fair value of forward 
exchange contracts is their quoted market 
price at the year end date, being the present 
value of the quoted forward price.

(f)  hedging
on entering into a hedging relationship, the 
group formally designates and documents the 
hedge relationship and the risk management 
objective and strategy for undertaking 
the hedge. the documentation includes 
identification of the hedging instrument, 
the hedged item or transaction, the nature 
of the risk being hedged and how the 
entity will assess the hedging instrument’s 
effectiveness in offsetting the exposure 
to changes in the hedged item’s fair value 
or cash flows attributable to the hedged 
risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly 
effective in achieving offsetting changes in 
fair value or cash flows and are assessed 
on an ongoing basis to determine that they 
actually have been highly effective throughout 
the financial reporting periods for which they 
are designated.

(i)  CAsh Flow hedges
where a derivative financial instrument is 
designated as a hedge of the variability in 
cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, 
or a highly probable forecast transaction, 
the effective part of any gain or loss on the 
derivative financial instrument is recognised 
directly in equity in the hedging reserve. 
when the forecast transaction subsequently 
results in the recognition of a non-financial 
asset or non-financial liability, or the forecast 
transaction for a non-financial liability becomes 
a firm commitment for which fair value hedge 
accounting is applied, the associated cumulative 
gain or loss is removed from equity and included 
in the initial cost or other carrying amount of 
the non-financial asset or liability. if a hedge of 
a forecast transaction subsequently results in 
the recognition of a financial asset or a financial 
liability, then the associated gains and losses 
that were recognised directly in equity are 
reclassified into profit or loss in the same period 
or periods during which the asset acquired or 
liability assumed affects profit or loss (i.e. when 
interest income or expense is recognised).

for cash flow hedges, the associated 
cumulative gain or loss is removed from 
equity and recognised in the income 
Statement in the same period or periods 
during which the hedged forecast transaction 
affects profit or loss. the ineffective part of 
any gain or loss is recognised immediately in 
the income Statement.

hedge accounting is discontinued when 
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, 
terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. at that point in time, 
any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument recognised in equity is kept in 
equity until the forecast transaction occurs. 
if a hedge transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in equity is transferred to the 
income Statement.

36

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

(ii)  hedge oF net investment in  

FoReign opeRAtions

the portion of the gain or loss on an 
instrument used to hedge a net investment in 
a foreign operation, that is determined to be 
an effective hedge, is recognised directly in 
equity. the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the income Statement.

(g)  pRopeRty, plAnt And eQuipment
(i)  owned Assets
items of property, plant and equipment 
(except	for	investment	properties	–	refer	
note 1(g)(ii)) are stated at cost or deemed 
cost, less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses.

the cost of assets represents the fair value 
of the consideration provided, plus incidental 
costs directly attributable to the acquisition 
and also includes:

•	

the	initial	estimate	of	the	cost	at	the	
time of installation and during the period 
of use, when relevant and probable, 
of removing items and restoring 
the site on which they are located 
(decommissioning); and

•	 changes	in	the	measurement	of	existing	

liabilities recognised for decommissioning 
costs resulting from changes in the 
discount rate applied to these future 
liabilities or changes to estimates of cost.

the cost may also include transfers from 
equity of any gain or loss on qualifying cash 
flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of 
property, plant and equipment. 

the borrowing cost related to the acquisition 
or construction of qualifying assets is 
capitalised into the cost of the asset.

where settlement of any part of cash 
consideration is deferred, the amounts 
payable are recorded at their present value, 
discounted at the rate applicable to the group 
if a similar borrowing were obtained from 
an independent financier under comparable 
terms and conditions. the unwinding of the 
discount is treated as interest expense.

where parts of an item of property, plant and 
equipment have different useful lives, they are 
accounted for as separate items or property, 
plant and equipment.

(ii)  investment pRopeRties
investment properties comprise land and 
buildings which are held for long term rental 
yields or for capital appreciation, or both, 
and are not occupied by the group. initially, 
investment properties are measured at cost 
including transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, investment properties are 
stated at fair value.

 
 
 
note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(g)  pRopeRty, plAnt And eQuipment 

(Continued)

(ii)  investment pRopeRties (Continued)
property that is being constructed or 
redeveloped for future use as an investment 
property is also measured at fair value 
(unless a fair value cannot be reliably 
determined) from the date a decision has 
been made to hold the property long term 
as an investment property. any gain or loss 
arising on remeasurement is recognised in 
the income Statement. when a property 
is reclassified from owner-occupied to an 
investment property following a change in 
its use, any difference at the date of transfer 
between the carrying amount of the property 
immediately prior to transfer and its fair 
value is recognised directly to the investment 
property revaluation reserve, if it is a gain. 
any decrease in value is recognised in the 
income Statement.

gains or losses arising from changes in the 
fair values of investment properties are 
included in the income Statement in the 
period in which they arise.

investment properties are derecognised 
when they have either been disposed of or 
when the investment property is permanently 
withdrawn from use and no future benefit 
is expected from its disposal. any gains or 
losses on the derecognition of an investment 
property are recognised in the income 
Statement in the period of derecognition.

(iii)  leAsed Assets
leases for property, plant and equipment 
under which the company or its controlled 
entities assume substantially all the risks 
and benefits of ownership are classified as 
finance leases. other leases are classified as 
operating leases.

finance leases are capitalised. a lease asset 
and a lease liability equal to the present value 
of the minimum lease payments are recorded 
at the inception of the lease. contingent 
rentals are written off as an expense of the 
accounting period in which they are incurred. 
capitalised lease assets are depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
relevant lease, or where it is likely the group 
will obtain ownership of the asset, the life of 
the asset. they are stated in the Statement of 
financial position at an amount equal to the 
lower of their fair value and the present value 
of the minimum lease payments at inception 
of the lease, less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment losses. lease liabilities are 
reduced by repayments of principal. the 
interest components of the lease payments 
are charged to the income Statement.

payments made under operating leases are 
charged against profits in equal instalments 
over the accounting periods covered by the 
lease term, except where an alternative 
basis is more representative of the 
pattern of benefits to be derived from the 
leased property.

(iv)  subseQuent Costs
the group recognises in the carrying amount 
of an item of property, plant and equipment 
the cost of replacing part of such an item 
when that cost is incurred, if it is probable 
that the future economic benefits embodied 
within the item will flow to the group and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably. 
all other costs are recognised in the income 
Statement as an expense.

(v)  depReCiAtion
depreciation is charged to the income 
Statement on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of each part of an item 
of property, plant and equipment. land is 
not depreciated. the estimated useful lives 
in the current and comparative periods are 
as follows:

buildings

plant and equipment

fixtures and fittings

leasehold buildings 
and improvements

40	–	80	years

3	–	20	years

3	–	10	years

Shorter of estimated 
useful life and term  
of lease

assets are depreciated or amortised from the 
date of acquisition or, in respect of internally 
constructed assets, from the time an asset is 
completed and held ready for use.
depreciation rates are reviewed annually for 
appropriateness. the residual value, if not 
insignificant, is also reassessed annually. 
when changes are made, adjustments are 
reflected prospectively in current and future 
periods only.

(h)  intAngible Assets
(i)  goodwill
goodwill acquired in a business combination 
is initially measured at cost of the business 
combination, being the excess of the 
consideration transferred over the fair value 
of the group’s net identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed.

if this consideration transferred is lower than 
the fair value of the net identifiable assets 
of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is 
recognised in the income Statement.

following initial recognition, goodwill is 
measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. goodwill is not amortised. 
goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually 
or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
may be impaired.

as at the acquisition date, any goodwill 
acquired is allocated to each of the cash-
generating units expected to benefit from the 
business combination’s synergies.

impairment is determined by assessing the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit to which the goodwill relates. where the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit is less than the carrying amount, an 
impairment loss is recognised. an impairment 
loss recognised in respect of goodwill cannot 
be reversed.

the carrying amount of goodwill in respect 
of associates and jointly controlled entities 
is included in the carrying amount of the 
investment in the associate or jointly 
controlled entity.

(ii)  ConstRuCtion Rights
construction rights relate to the group’s 
ability to develop accommodation in the 
thredbo alpine resort. construction rights 
are recognised at cost and are amortised 
as the rights are either sold or developed. 
the carrying value of construction rights is 
reviewed annually. any amounts no longer 
considered recoverable are written off.

(iii)  otheR intAngible Assets
other intangible assets, which largely 
comprise management rights and software 
costs, are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses.

management rights are amortised over the 
life of the management agreements on a 
straight-line basis.

Software costs for major operating systems 
are amortised over a four to five year period 
on a straight-line basis.

(i)  ReCoveRAble Amount oF Assets
at each reporting date, the group assesses 
whether there is any indication that an 
asset may be impaired. where an indicator 
of impairment exists, the group makes a 
formal estimate of recoverable amount. 
where the carrying amount of an asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is 
considered impaired and is written down to 
its recoverable amount.

the recoverable amount of assets is the 
greater of their net selling price and value in 
use. in assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset. for an asset that does 
not generate largely independent cash 
inflows, the recoverable amount is determined 
for the cash-generating unit to which the 
asset belongs.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

37

 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(i)  ReCoveRAble Amount oF Assets  

(Continued)

impairment of receivables is not recognised 
until objective evidence is available that a 
loss event has occurred. receivables are 
individually assessed for impairment.

an impairment loss is recognised whenever 
the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-
generating unit exceeds the recoverable 
amount. impairment losses are recognised 
in the income Statement unless the asset or 
its cash-generating unit has previously been 
revalued, in which case the impairment loss 
is recognised as a reversal to the extent of 
the previous revaluation, with any excess 
recognised through the income Statement.

an impairment loss is reversed only to the 
extent that the asset’s carrying amount does 
not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of depreciation 
or amortisation, if no impairment loss had 
been recognised.

with the exception of goodwill, an 
impairment loss is reversed when there is a 
clear indication that the impairment loss no 
longer exists and there has been a change 
in the estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount.

investments

(j) 
all investments are initially recognised at 
cost, being the fair value of the consideration 
given and including acquisition charges 
associated with the investment.

after initial recognition, investments, 
which are classified as available-for-sale, 
are measured at fair value. available-for-
sale financial assets comprise marketable 
equity securities.

for investments that are actively traded 
in organised financial markets, fair value 
is determined by reference to securities’ 
exchange quoted market bid prices at the 
close of business at reporting date.

gains or losses on available-for-sale 
investments are recognised as a separate 
component of equity in the available-for-sale 
investments revaluation reserve until the 
investment is sold, collected or otherwise 
disposed of, or until the investment is 
determined to be impaired, at which time the 
cumulative gain or loss previously reported in 
equity is included in the income Statement. 
an impairment loss recognised in the income 
Statement in respect of an available-for-
sale investment is not reversed through the 
income Statement.

(k)  inventoRies
inventories are carried at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value.

work in progress is valued at cost. cost is 
based on the first-in-first-out principle and 
includes expenditure incurred in bringing 
inventories to their existing condition and 
location. the cost of inventories may also 
include transfers from equity of any gain or 
loss on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign 
currency purchases of inventories.

(l)  ContRACt woRk in pRogRess
for equipment build and cinema installation 
contracts, profit is brought to account on a 
percentage completion basis.

(m)  CAsh And CAsh eQuivAlents
cash and cash equivalents comprise cash 
balances and call deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less. bank 
overdrafts that are repayable on demand 
and form an integral part of the group’s cash 
management are included as a component of 
cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of 
the Statement of cash flows.

(n)  ReCeivAbles
trade and other receivables are stated at 
their amortised cost less an allowance for 
impairment losses. where the payment terms 
for the sale of an asset are deferred, the 
receivable is discounted using the prevailing 
rate for a similar instrument of an issuer with 
similar credit terms. the unwinding of the 
discount is treated as finance revenue.

(o)  pAyAbles
trade and other payables are recognised at 
their amortised cost. liabilities are recognised 
for amounts to be paid in the future for goods 
or services received. trade accounts payable 
are normally non-interest bearing and settled 
within 30 days.

(p)  boRRowings
interest bearing and non-interest bearing 
borrowings are recognised initially at fair 
value less attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings 
are stated at amortised cost with any 
difference between cost and redemption value 
being recognised in the income Statement 
over the period of the borrowings on an 
effective interest basis.

(q)  pRovisions
(i)  employee beneFits
provision is made for employee benefits 
including annual leave for employees 
and the retirement benefits for qualifying 
non-executive directors. the provision 
represents the amount which the group has 
a present obligation to pay, resulting from 
the employees’ services provided up to the 
reporting date. the provisions expected 
to be settled within 12 months have been 

calculated at undiscounted amounts based on 
the remuneration rates the employer expects 
to pay after the reporting date and includes 
related on-costs.

the liability for employees’ benefits to long 
service leave represents the present value 
of the estimated future cash outflows to 
be made by the employer resulting from 
employees’ services provided up to the 
reporting date.

liabilities for employee benefits which are 
not expected to be settled within 12 months 
are discounted using the rates attaching to 
national government securities at reporting 
date, which most closely match the terms of 
maturity of the related liabilities.

in determining the liability for employee 
benefits, consideration has been given to 
future increases in wage and salary rates, and 
the group’s experience with staff departures. 
related on-costs have also been included in 
the liability.

(ii)  oneRous ContRACts
a provision for onerous contracts is 
recognised when the expected benefits to 
be derived from a contract are less than the 
unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations 
under that contract, and only after any 
impairment losses to assets dedicated to that 
contract have been recognised.

the provision recognised is based on the 
excess of the estimated cash flows to meet 
the unavoidable costs under the contract over 
the estimated cash flows to be received in 
relation to the contract, having regard to the 
risks of the activities relating to the contract. 
the net estimated cash flows are discounted 
using market yields on national government 
guaranteed bonds with terms to maturity that 
match, as closely as possible, the expected 
future cash flows.

(iii)  deCommissioning oF  

leAsehold impRovements
a provision for the estimated cost of 
decommissioning leasehold improvements 
is made where a legal or constructive 
obligation exists.

in determining the provision for 
decommissioning costs, an assessment is 
made for each location of the likelihood and 
amount of the decommissioning costs to be 
incurred in the future. the estimated future 
liability is discounted to a present value, with 
the discount amount unwinding over the life 
of the leasehold asset as an interest expense. 
the estimated decommissioning cost 
recognised as a provision is included as part 
of the cost of the leasehold improvements at 
the time of installation or during the term of 
the lease, as the liability for decommissioning 
is reassessed. this amount capitalised is then 
depreciated over the life of the asset.

38

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(q)  pRovisions (Continued)
(iv)  otheR
other provisions are recognised in the 
Statement of financial position when the 
group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that an outflow of economic benefits 
will be required to settle the obligation. 
provisions are determined by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate 
that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and, where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

(r)  supeRAnnuAtion plAns
the group contributes to several defined 
contribution superannuation plans. 
contributions are charged against income 
as they are made. these contributions are in 
accordance with the relevant trust deeds and 
the Superannuation guarantee levy.

(s)  shARe-bAsed pAyment tRAnsACtion  
– employee shARe And option plAns
(i)  exeCutive peRFoRmAnCe shARe plAn
equity-based compensation benefits are 
provided to employees via the executive 
performance Share plan.

the fair value of performance shares granted 
under the executive performance Share 
plan is recognised as an employee expense 
over the period during which the employees 
become unconditionally entitled to the shares. 
there is a corresponding increase in equity, 
being recognition of a share-based payments 
reserve. the fair value of performance shares 
granted is measured at grant date. the fair 
value of the shares was determined using the 
monte carlo simulation model, taking into 
account the terms and conditions upon which 
the shares were granted.

to facilitate the operation of the executive 
performance Share plan, a third party 
trustee is used to administer the trust which 
holds shares allocated under the executive 
performance Share plan.

performance shares are subject to 
performance hurdles. the performance shares 
are recognised in the Statement of financial 
position as restricted ordinary shares. 
performance shares are included within the 
weighted average number of shares used 
as the denominator for determining basic 
earnings per share and net tangible asset 
backing per share.

the company incurs expenses on behalf of 
the trust. these expenses are in relation 
to administration costs of the trust and are 
recorded in the income Statement as incurred.

for employee performance shares issued by 
the company to employees of subsidiaries, 
the amount recognised as an employee 
expense by the group in respect of those 
shares is charged to and recovered from 
subsidiaries by the company.

(ii)  employee shARe plAn
the company has in prior years issued shares 
to certain employees under an employee 
Share plan. no shares have been issued under 
this plan since february 1998. other than 
costs incurred in administering the scheme 
which are expensed as incurred, the scheme 
does not result in any expense to the group.

(t)  Revenue ReCognition
revenues are recognised at fair value of the 
consideration received, net of the amount of 
goods and services tax (“gSt”).

(i)  sAle oF goods
revenue from the sale of goods comprises 
revenue earned (net of returns, discounts, 
allowances and gSt) from the provision 
of products to entities outside the group. 
revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
when significant risks and rewards of 
ownership of goods pass to the customer.

(ii)  RendeRing oF seRviCes And  

deFeRRed Revenue

revenue from rendering services is recognised 
in the period in which the service is provided. 
revenue relating to future periods which is 
not yet recognised because the service is 
yet to be provided or the admission made, is 
shown on the Statement of financial position 
as deferred revenue.

(iii)  inteRest And dividend Revenue
interest income is recognised as it accrues, 
taking into account the effective yield on the 
financial asset. dividend income is recognised 
on the date that the group’s right to receive 
payment is established.

(iv)  RentAl inCome
rental income is recognised in the income 
Statement on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease. lease incentives granted 
are recognised as an integral part of the total 
rental income.

(v)  sAle oF non-CuRRent Assets
the gain or loss on disposal is calculated as 
the difference between the carrying amount 
of the asset at the time of disposal and the 
net proceeds on disposal.

(vi)  CustomeR loyAlty pRogRAms
a group entity operates loyalty programs 
where customers accumulate points for 
purchases made which entitles them to 
discounts on future purchases. the award 
points are recognised as a separately 
identifiable component of the initial sale 
transaction, by allocating the fair value of the 

consideration received between the award 
points and the components of the sale such 
that the award points are recognised at their 
fair value. revenue from the award points is 
recognised when the points are redeemed. 
the amount of the revenue is based on the 
number of points redeemed relative to the 
total number expected to be redeemed.

(u)  goods And seRviCes tAx
revenues, expenses and assets are 
recognised net of the amount of gSt, except 
where the amount of gSt incurred is not 
recoverable from the australian taxation 
office (“ato”). in these circumstances, the 
gSt is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of an item 
of expense.

receivables and payables are stated with the 
amount of gSt included.

the net amount of gSt recoverable from, 
or payable to, the ato is included as a 
current asset or liability in the Statement of 
financial position.

cash flows are included in the Statement 
of cash flows on a gross basis. the gSt 
components of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities which are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the ato are 
classified as operating cash flows.

(v)  FinAnCe Costs
finance costs include interest, amortisation of 
discounts or premiums relating to borrowings, 
amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in 
connection with arrangement of borrowings, 
and lease finance charges. ancillary costs 
incurred in connection with the arrangement 
of borrowings are capitalised and amortised 
over the life of the borrowings.

finance costs are expensed as incurred unless 
they relate to qualifying assets. qualifying 
assets are assets which take more than 
12 months to get ready for their intended use 
or sale. where funds are borrowed specifically 
for the acquisition, construction or production 
of a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing 
costs capitalised is that incurred in relation to 
that borrowing, net of any interest earned on 
those borrowings. where funds are borrowed 
generally, borrowing costs are capitalised 
using a weighted average interest rate 
applicable to the entity’s borrowings during 
the period.

inCome tAx

(w)  tAxAtion
(i) 
income tax on the income Statement for the 
periods presented comprises current and 
deferred tax. income tax is recognised in the 
income Statement except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised directly in equity, 
in which case it is recognised in equity.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

39

 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

inCome tAx (Continued)

note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(w)  tAxAtion (Continued)
(i) 
current tax is the expected tax payable on 
the taxable income for the year, using tax 
rates enacted or substantially enacted at the 
balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax 
payable in respect of previous years.

deferred tax is provided using the balance 
sheet liability method, providing for temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. the following temporary differences 
are not provided for: initial recognition of 
goodwill; the initial recognition of assets 
or liabilities that affect neither accounting 
nor taxable profit; and differences relating 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. the amount of deferred 
tax provided is based on the expected manner 
of realisation or settlement of the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities, using tax 
rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are offset if there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset current 
tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to 
income taxes levied by the same tax authority 
on the same taxable entity, or on different 
tax entities, but they intend to settle current 
tax liabilities and assets on a net basis 
or their tax assets and liabilities will be 
realised simultaneously. 

a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable 
profits will be available against which the 
asset can be utilised. deferred tax assets 
are reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realised.

(ii)  tAx ConsolidAtion Regime
the company is the head entity in the 
tax-consolidated group comprising all the 
australian wholly owned subsidiaries. the 
head entity recognises all of the current tax 
liabilities of the tax-consolidated group.

the tax-consolidated group has entered 
into a tax funding agreement that requires 
australian wholly owned subsidiaries to make 
contributions to the head entity for current tax 
liabilities arising from external transactions 
occurring after the implementation of 
tax consolidation.

under the tax funding agreement, the 
contributions are calculated using a “group 
allocation method” so that the contributions 
are equivalent to the tax balances generated 
by external transactions entered into by 
wholly owned subsidiaries. the contributions 
are payable as set out in the agreement 
and reflect the timing of the head entity’s 
obligations to make payments for tax 
liabilities to the relevant tax authorities.

the company recognises deferred tax 
assets arising from unused tax losses of the 
tax-consolidated group to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits of 
the tax-consolidated group will be available 
against which the asset can be utilised. any 
subsequent period adjustments to deferred 
tax assets arising from unused tax losses 
as a result of revised assessments of the 
probability of recovery are recognised by the 
company only.

(x)  segment RepoRting
as of 1 july 2009, the group presents 
operating segment information based on the 
business unit dissections that are internally 
provided to the managing director, who is 
the group’s chief operating decision maker. 
this change in accounting policy is due to 
the adoption of ifrS 8 operating Segments. 
previously, operating segments were 
determined and presented in accordance  
with aaSb 114 Segment reporting. 

an operating segment is a component of the 
group that engages in business activities 
from which it earns revenues and incurs 
expenses, including revenues and expenses 
from transactions with other group segments. 
all segments’ operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the group’s managing director 
to make decisions about resources to be 
allocated to a segment and to assess its 
performance, and for which discrete financial 
information is available.

Segment results that are reported to the 
managing director include items directly 
attributable to a segment as well as those 
that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. 
unallocated items comprise mainly corporate 
head office assets, head office expenses, and 
income tax assets and liabilities.

additions to non-current segment assets are 
the total cost incurred during the period to 
acquire assets that include amounts expected 
to be recovered over more than 12 months 
after the year end date. amounts include 
property, plant and equipment, but exclude 
financial instruments and deferred tax assets.

(y)  eARnings peR shARe
basic earnings per share (“epS”) is 
calculated by dividing the profit for the period 
attributable to members of the company by 
the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares of the company.

diluted epS adjusts the figures used in the 
determination of basic epS to take into 
account the after-income tax effect of interest 
and other financing costs associated with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares and the 
weighted average number of shares assumed 
to have been issued for no consideration in 
relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 
dilutive potential ordinary shares comprise 
share options granted to employees.

(z)  ACCounting estimAtes  

And Judgements

estimates and judgements are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical 
experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that may 
have a financial impact on the group and 
that are believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances.

the estimates and judgements that have 
a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial year 
are discussed below:

ReCoveRAble Amount oF Assets
the group has undertaken assessments 
of whether long-lived assets including 
property assets, goodwill and plant and 
equipment could be deemed to be impaired. 
in assessing the recoverability of these 
assets, assumptions are made regarding 
the estimated future cash flows and other 
factors, including the pre-tax discount rate 
to be applied, to determine the recoverable 
amount of the respective assets. the estimate 
of cash flow is based upon, among other 
things, certain assumptions about expected 
future operating performance. estimates of 
discounted cash flow may differ from actual 
cash flow due to factors such as economic 
conditions, changes to business models or 
changes in operating performance. if the sum 
of the discounted estimated cash flows is less 
than the current carrying value, an impairment 
loss, measured as the amount by which the 
carrying value exceeds the fair value of the 
asset, is recognised.

40

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
note 1 – SiGnifiCAnt 
ACCountinG poLiCieS 
(ContinueD)
(z)  ACCounting estimAtes And  
Judgements (Continued)
ReCoveRAble Amount oF Assets 
(Continued)
the group has also previously recognised 
impairment write-downs for property, plant 
and equipment. where trading circumstances 
improve at a site, an assessment of 
recoverable value is made to determine if 
an impairment loss can be reversed, net of 
depreciation that would have been incurred 
had no impairment loss been recognised. 
these determinations also require estimates 
and assumptions with regard to the future 
trading performance of those assets.

refer note 17 for details of impairment losses 
recognised and prior period impairments 
written back.

FAiR vAlue oF investment pRopeRties
investment properties are independently 
revalued to fair value each reporting 
period, with any gain or loss arising on 
remeasurement being recognised in the 
income Statement. in assessing the fair value 
of properties, a number of assumptions are 
made at the end of each reporting period 
regarding future cash flows, future property 
market economic conditions and other factors 
including cash flow discount rates and rental 
capitalisation rates.

the carrying value of investment properties is 
disclosed in note 18 along with a summary of 
the movements in the carrying value.

Contingent Assets And liAbilities
also, refer to note 32 for estimates and 
judgement made in relation to contingent 
assets and liabilities.

shARe-bAsed pAyment tRAnsACtions
the group measures the cost of the executive 
performance Share plan by reference to the 
fair value of the equity instruments at the 
date at which the shares are granted. the 
fair value of performance shares granted 
is determined by an external valuer using 
a monte carlo simulation model using the 
assumptions detailed in note 30.

(aa)  disContinued opeRAtions
a discontinued operation is a component 
of the group’s business that represents a 
separate major line of business that has been 
disposed of or is held for sale. classification 
as a discontinued operation occurs upon 
disposal or when the operation meets the 
criteria to be classified as held for sale, if 
earlier. when an operation is classified as 
a discontinued operation, the comparative 
income Statement is restated as if the 
operation had been discontinued from the 
start of the comparative period.

note 2 – SeGment 
reportinG

Segment information is presented in 
respect of the group’s operating segments. 
these are the group’s main strategic 
business segments and have differing 
risks and rewards associated with the 
business due to their different product or 
service and geographic markets. for each 
of these operating segments the group’s 
managing director regularly reviews internal 
management reports.

information regarding the results of each 
reportable segment is included below. 
performance is measured based on segment 
profit before income tax as included in the 
internal management reports. Segment profit is 
used to measure performance as management 
believes that such information is the most 
relevant in evaluating the results of segments 
relative to other businesses. inter-segment 
pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include 
items directly attributable to a segment 
as well as those that can be allocated on 
a reasonable basis. unallocated items 
mainly comprise interest bearing loans and 
borrowings and borrowing costs, interest 
income and corporate head office assets 
and expenses.

opeRAting segments
the group comprises the following main 
operating segments:

CinemA exhibition AustRAliA
includes the cinema exhibition operations 
in australia.

CinemA exhibition new ZeAlAnd
includes cinema exhibition operations in 
new Zealand as well as a joint venture 
interest in two cinema sites in fiji. these 
cinema exhibition operations were acquired 
on 18 february 2010. refer note 34 
business combinations.

CinemA exhibition geRmAny
includes the cinema exhibition operations 
in germany.

CinemA exhibition united 
ARAb emiRAtes
includes the group’s 49% investment 
in cinema exhibition operations in the 
united arab emirates.

enteRtAinment teChnology
includes theatre equipment supply and 
servicing and the manufacture of film 
processors and related equipment. in the 
prior year, it also included, for part of the 
year, the group’s 50% investment in atlab 
holdings pty limited, which was sold on 
26 September 2008.

hotels
includes the ownership, operation and 
management of hotels in australia 
and overseas.

thRedbo Alpine ResoRt
includes all the operations of the resort 
including property development activities.

leisuRe/AttRACtions
includes ancillary leisure and other activities 
including featherdale wildlife park and the 
State theatre. 

pRopeRty And otheR investments
includes property rental, investment 
properties and available-for-sale investments.

geogRAphiCAl inFoRmAtion
also presented is information on the group’s 
split of revenue and non-current assets by 
geographic location. geographic revenue 
is based on the geographical location of 
customers. Segment assets are based on the 
geographical location of the assets. the group 
operates in australia, new Zealand, germany 
and the united arab emirates.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

41

 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 2 – SeGment reportinG (ContinueD)

Cinema exhibition 

n
e
w
Z
e
a
a
n
d

l

u
n
i
t
e
d
A
r
a
b

e
m

i
r
a
t
e
s

g
e
r
m
a
n
y

e
n
t
e
r
t
a
n
m
e
n
t

i

t
e
c
h
n
o
o
g
y

l

A
u
s
t
r
a

l
i

a

h
o
t
e
s

l

i

l
e
s
u
r
e
/
A

t
t
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
s

o
t
h
e
r

i
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y
a
n
d

t
o
t
a

l

t
h
r
e
d
b
o

l

i

A
p
n
e
R
e
s
o
r
t

2010
business segments
Revenue and other income
External	segment	revenue	
Inter-segment	revenue	
Other	income	–	external	

finance income 
other unallocated revenue 

Total revenue and other income 
elimination of inter-segment revenue 

Consolidated revenue and other income 

Result
Segment	result		
Share of net profit of equity  
accounted	business	undertakings	

unallocated revenue and expenses 
net financing costs 

Profit before related income tax expense 
income tax expense 

Profit after income tax expense 
Non-controlling	(minority)	interest	

Net profit 

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

157,222	
–	
–	

21,970	 348,730	
–	
	986	

–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

33,454	 150,069	
–	
3,533	
	52	
–	

51,433	
–	
–	

11,095	
–	
–	

26,043	 800,016
	3,533
11,903

–	
10,865	

 858
 63

  816,373
(3,533)

  812,840

18,323	

419	

27,432	

–	

1,767	

22,191	

15,046	

2,424	

17,505	 105,107

37,918	

56,241 

275	

1,519	

9,005	

13	

(215)	

–	

–	

–	

48,515

694 

28,951 

9,005 

1,780 

21,976 

15,046 

2,424 

17,505  153,622

(13,431)
(3,747)

  136,444
(37,672)

98,772
–

98,772

Depreciation	and	amortisation	

(7,215)	

(1,945)	

(7,500)	

impairment write-downs of  
property,	plant	and	equipment	

reversal of impairment  
write-down	made	in	prior	years	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

986	

–	

–	

–	

(75)	

(9,610)	

(3,682)	

(378)	

(3,242)	

(33,647)

–	

(5,800)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(5,525)	

(11,325)

–	

–	

	986

42

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 2 – SeGment reportinG (ContinueD)

Cinema exhibition 

n
e
w
Z
e
a
a
n
d

l

u
n
i
t
e
d
A
r
a
b

e
m

i
r
a
t
e
s

g
e
r
m
a
n
y

e
n
t
e
r
t
a
n
m
e
n
t

i

t
e
c
h
n
o
o
g
y

l

A
u
s
t
r
a

l
i

a

h
o
t
e
s

l

i

l

A
p
n
e
R
e
s
o
r
t

A

t
t
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
s

i

l
e
s
u
r
e
/

i
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

a
n
d
o
t
h
e
r

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

t
h
r
e
d
b
o

t
o
t
a

l

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

2010
individuAlly signiFiCAnt items
Income
development gain on valuation and  
reclassification to an investment property  
of	the	redeveloped	Canberra	Civic	property	
profit on sale of developed residential  
land	lots	
reversal of prior years’ impairment  
write-downs	of	plant	and	equipment		
Expenses
impairment write-down of freehold  
land	and	buildings	
impairment write-down in the carrying  
value of plant and equipment arising  
from the planned redevelopment of the  
gowings and State theatre  
office	buildings	in	Sydney	
provision raised for onerous contract  
relating to lease of a closed cinema site  
in	Germany	
Relating to jointly controlled entity
Share of reversal of prior years’  
impairment write-downs of plant 
and	equipment	

Assets
Reportable	segment	assets	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

986	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(2,201)	

3,262	

3,262	

–	

–	

–	

(1,215)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(5,800)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(5,800)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

10,163	

10,163

–	

–	

–	

8,304	

8,304

–	

986

–	

(5,800)

–	

(5,525)	

(5,525)

–	

–	

–	

–	

(2,201)

–	

3,262

12,942	

9,189

110,174	

54,091	

74,753	

–	

11,730	 333,675	

44,748	

5,536	 184,811	 819,518

Equity	accounted	investments	

99,250	

7,145	

2,852	

13,202	

167	

1,668	

–	

–	

–	 124,284

deferred tax assets 
unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities
Reportable	segment	liabilities	

deferred tax liabilities 
unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

13,990
30,760

  988,552

65,677	

16,313	

55,725	

–	

9,425	

14,418	

11,777	

244	

2,491	 176,070

8,002
44,294

  228,366

Acquisitions of non-current assets	

27,071	

53,207	

5,378	

–	

22	

48,889	

2,683	

–	

17,873	 155,123

geogRAphiCAl inFoRmAtion 

External	segment	revenue	

Reportable	segment	assets		

equity accounted investments  

Acquisitions	of	non-current	assets	

Australia  
$’000 

410,448	

670,275	

99,417 

96,501	

new Zealand 
and Fiji 
$’000 

40,838	

74,490	

8,813 

53,244	

germany 
$’000 

348,730	

74,753	

2,852 

5,378	

united 
Arab emirates 
$’000 

total 
$’000

–	 800,016

–	 819,518

13,202  124,284

–	 155,123

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 2 – SeGment reportinG (ContinueD)

Cinema exhibition 

n
e
w
Z
e
a
a
n
d

l

u
n
i
t
e
d
A
r
a
b

e
m

i
r
a
t
e
s

g
e
r
m
a
n
y

e
n
t
e
r
t
a
n
m
e
n
t

i

t
e
c
h
n
o
o
g
y

l

A
u
s
t
r
a

l
i

a

h
o
t
e
s

l

i

l

A
p
n
e
R
e
s
o
r
t

A

t
t
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
s

i

l
e
s
u
r
e
/

i
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

a
n
d
o
t
h
e
r

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

t
h
r
e
d
b
o

t
o
t
a

l

2009
business segments
Revenue and other income
External	segment	revenue	
Inter-segment	revenue	
Other	income	–	external	

finance income 
other unallocated revenue 

Total revenue and other income 
elimination of inter-segment revenue 

Consolidated revenue and other income 

Result
Segment	result		
Share of net profit of equity accounted  
business	undertakings	

unallocated revenue and expenses 
net financing costs 

Profit before related income tax expense 
income tax expense 

Profit after income tax expense 
non-controlling (minority) interest 

Net profit 

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

127,940	
–	
–	

–	 353,310	
–	
–	
240	
–	

–	
–	
–	

22,640	 132,876	
–	
3,288	
31	
–	

52,712	
–	
6	

10,948	
–	
–	

9,651	 710,077
3,288
705

–	
428	

1,440
339

  715,849
(3,288)

  712,561

14,210	

28,773	

42,983	

–	

–	

–	

9,796	

–	

(768)	

21,398	

16,012	

1,574	

243	

62,465

2,220	

11,085	

7	

104	

–	

–	

–	

42,189

12,016	

11,085	

(761)	

21,502	

16,012	

1,574	

243	 104,654

(12,178)
(3,672)

88,804
(19,327)

69,477
6

69,483

Depreciation	and	amortisation	

(6,139)	

–	

(9,496)	

impairment write-downs of  
property,	plant	and	equipment	

impairment of plant and  
equipment	reversals	

individuAlly signiFiCAnt items
Impairment	write-down	–	 
carrying	value	of	land	and	buildings	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(281)	

240	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(190)	

(7,867)	

(3,552)	

(423)	

(2,965)	

(30,632)

–	

(3,218)	

–	

–	

–	

(3,028)	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(2,312)	

(5,811)

–	

–	

240

–	

(2,312)	

(5,340)

Reconciliation of reportable segment revenues and income tax expense
Revenues
revenue and other income per segment reporting 
elimination of discounted operations 

revenue and other income per income Statement 

Income tax
income tax per segment reporting 
income tax benefit relating to discontinued operations 

income tax expense per income Statement 

44

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

  712,561
(250)

  712,311

(19,327)
(3,605)

(22,932)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 2 – SeGment reportinG (ContinueD)

Cinema exhibition 

n
e
w
Z
e
a
a
n
d

l

u
n
i
t
e
d
A
r
a
b

e
m

i
r
a
t
e
s

g
e
r
m
a
n
y

e
n
t
e
r
t
a
n
m
e
n
t

i

t
e
c
h
n
o
o
g
y

l

A
u
s
t
r
a

l
i

a

h
o
t
e
s

l

l

i

A
p
n
e
R
e
s
o
r
t

A

t
t
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
s

i

l
e
s
u
r
e
/

i
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

a
n
d
o
t
h
e
r

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

t
h
r
e
d
b
o

t
o
t
a

l

2009
Assets
Reportable	segment	assets	

Equity	accounted	investments	

deferred tax assets 
unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities
Reportable	segment	liabilities	

deferred tax liabilities 
unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

91,656	

98,347	

–	

–	

85,706	

–	

16,336	 298,201	

46,093	

7,174	 144,583	 689,749

3,099	

14,212	

154	

1,938	

–	

–	

–	 117,750

14,726
16,253

  838,478

59,229	

–	

60,805	

–	

9,793	

19,507	

11,175	

	170	

–	 160,679

5,919
72,795

  239,393

Acquisitions of non-current assets	

11,920	

–	

2,568	

–	

219	

86,414	

2,620	

–	

11,666	 115,407

geogRAphiCAl inFoRmAtion 

External	segment	revenue	

Reportable	segment	assets		

equity accounted investments  

Acquisitions	of	non-current	assets	

Australia  
$’000 

337,126	

576,467	

98,501 

112,634	

new Zealand 
and Fiji 
$’000 

19,641	

27,576	

1,938 

205	

germany 
$’000 

353,310	

85,706	

3,099 

2,568	

united 
Arab emirates 
$’000 

total 
$’000

–	 710,077

–	 689,749

14,212  117,750

–	 115,407

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 3 – revenue AnD otHer inCome

Revenue
Sale of goods 
rendering of services 

finance revenue:
Interest	income	–	bank	deposits	
Interest	income	–	other	persons	

rental revenue:
associates 
other persons 

dividends received and receivable from:
available-for-sale financial assets 
other entities 

management and consulting fees received and receivable from:
jointly controlled entities 
other persons 

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

231,373 
527,488 

758,861 

194,244
475,616

669,860

39 

37 

751	
107	

858 

41 
22,811 

22,852 

428 
51 

479 

5,676 
11,649 

17,325 

1,041 

10,163	
275	
–	
986 

11,424 

1,278
162

1,440

97
21,896

21,993

428
25

453

5,554
12,113

17,667

646

–
–
12
240

252

Sundry revenue 

otheR inCome
Development	gain	on	valuation	and	reclassification	to	an	investment	property	of	the	Canberra	Civic	property		
Increase	in	fair	value	of	investment	properties	
Profit	on	sale	of	plant	and	equipment	
plant and equipment impairment reversal 

Total revenue and other income 

812,840 

712,311

Revenue And otheR inCome inCluding shARe oF sAles Revenue FoR  
Jointly ContRolled entities:
revenue as listed above 
jointly controlled entities * 

37 

 812,840 
 235,875 

1,048,715 

712,311
212,179

924,490

* 

to more fairly reflect the operations of the group, revenue disclosed includes the group’s share of the sales revenue earned by jointly controlled entities. the share of sales revenue of 
each jointly controlled entity is disclosed at note 37.

46

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 4 – profit Before inCome tAx

(a)  expenses And losses/(gAins)
profit before income tax has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following items:
cost of goods sold 

finance costs:
bank interest and finance costs 
Ineffective	interest	rate	hedges	expensed	
Interest	expense	–	associates	
Interest	and	finance	costs	–	other	persons	
finance charges on capitalised leases 
less: capitalised interest 

unwind of notional interest  

net bad and doubtful debts (write-back)/expense including (write-back)/increase in the doubtful debts allowance 

amortisation of:
buildings and improvements subject to long term leases 
Leased	plant	and	equipment	
intangible assets 
other 

depreciation 

impairment write-downs:
freehold land and buildings 
plant and equipment 
Investments	

operating lease rental expense 

loss on sale of plant and equipment 

increase/(decrease) in provision for:
onerous contracts 
insurance loss contingencies and other 
decommissioning of leasehold improvements 

employee expenses:
Salaries and wages  
employee benefits provisions 
Share-based payments expense 
Superannuation contributions 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

65,922 

61,060

4,618 
331	
55	
2	
214 
(826) 

4,394 
211 

4,605 

(510) 

8,574 
–	
2,511 
331 

11,416 
22,231 

33,647 

5,800 
5,525 
–	

11,325 

4,619
–
125
16
665
(464)

4,961
151

5,112

101

7,647
157
1,855
219

9,878
20,754

30,632

5,340
281
190

5,811

103,048 

106,134

1,047 

366

1,892 
(349) 
(137) 

1,406 

155,485 
8,023 
1,494 
7,264 

172,266 

(1,251)
410
(126)

(967)

150,975
8,137
1,258
6,627

166,997

net foreign exchange gains 

(105) 

(89)

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 4 – profit Before inCome tAx (ContinueD)

(b)   individuAlly signiFiCAnt items
profit before income tax includes the following income/(expense) items whose disclosure is relevant  
in explaining the financial performance of the group:
inCome
development gain on valuation and reclassification to an investment property of the  
redeveloped	Canberra	Civic	property		
Profit	on	sale	of	developed	residential	land	lots	
Reversal	of	prior	years’	impairment	write-downs	of	plant	and	equipment	at	certain	cinema	sites	in	Germany		
expenses
impairment write-downs of freehold land and buildings 
impairment write-downs of plant and equipment arising from the planned redevelopment of the  
Gowings	and	State	Theatre	Office	buildings	in	Sydney	
Provision	for	onerous	contract	relating	to	the	lease	of	a	closed	cinema	site	in	Germany	
RelAting to Jointly ContRolled entity
Share	of	reversal	of	prior	years’	impairment	write-downs	of	plant	and	equipment	

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

10,163	
8,304	
986	

–
–
–

(5,800) 

(5,340)

(5,525)	
(2,201)	

3,262	

9,189 

–
–

–

(5,340)

note 5 – DiSContinueD operAtionS

2010
there were no discontinued operations in the year ended 30 june 2010.

2009
on 26 September 2008, the group sold its 50% shareholding in an associate, atlab holdings pty limited. the comparative income Statement has 
been restated to show income relating to this discontinued investment separately from continuing operations. the consideration from the sale of 
the investment in atlab holdings pty limited was $1,500,000 which was equivalent to the group’s carrying value for the shareholding as at 30 june 
2008. as a result, there was no profit or loss recognised on the sale during the year to 30 june 2009. the tax effect of a capital gains tax loss 
amounting to $3,680,000 was recognised in respect of this disposal in the year ended 30 june 2009.

AnAlysis oF pRoFit And loss oF disContinued opeRAtions

Management	fees	received	from	associate	

Total	revenue	

Profit before income tax	
Income	tax	expense	

Profit after income tax for discontinued operations	
Gain	on	sale	of	discontinued	operation	
Income	tax	benefit	–	sale	of	discontinued	operations	

Profit for the period	

2010 
$’000 

–	

–	

–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	

2009 
$’000

250

250

	250	
(75)

175
–
3,680

3,855

during the prior financial year to 30 june 2009, discontinued operations had cash inflows from operating activities of $250,000, cash inflows from 
investing activities on disposal of an interest in an associate of $1,500,000 and cash inflows from financing activities of $nil.

48

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
note 6 – AuDitorS’ remunerAtion

audit services:
Auditors	of	the	Group	–	KPMG	Australia
audit and review of financial reports 
other assurance services 

overseas kpmg firms

audit and review of financial reports 
other assurance services 

other services:
Auditors	of	the	Group	–	KPMG	Australia

income tax compliance 
indirect tax compliance advice 

overseas kpmg firms

income tax compliance 
indirect tax compliance advice 
other taxation services 

note 7 – tAxAtion

(a)  inCome tAx expense
the major components of income tax expense are:
inCome stAtement
income tax expense reported 
Income	tax	benefit	attributable	to	discontinued	operations	

Current income tax

current income tax expense 
adjustments in respect of current income tax of prior year 

Deferred income tax 

relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences 

income tax expense reported in the income Statement 

inCome tAx ChARged/(CRedited) to eQuity
Deferred income tax related to items charged or credited directly to equity: 

Relating to other comprehensive income 
net gain/(loss) on revaluation of cash flow hedges 
unrealised gain/(loss) on available-for-sale investments 
currency translation movements of deferred tax balances of foreign operations 
other foreign currency translation differences  
Net	gain	on	hedge	of	net	investment	in	overseas	subsidiaries	

Relating to other equity balances
Renounceable	pro-rata	entitlement	offer	costs	amortised	for	tax	
adjustment to shared-based payments reserve 

income tax benefit/(expense) reported in equity 

2010 
$ 

2009 
$

886,407 
128,403 

398,324 
8,018 

855,191
32,210

378,740
14,606

1,421,152 

1,280,747

152,721 
39,270 

191,991 

110,366 
11,170 
100,001 

221,537 

413,528 

2010 
$’000 

37,672 
–	

37,672 

31,736 
(308) 

6,244 

37,672 

425 
325 
165 
614 
335	

156,492
108,129

264,621

100,502
13,572
132,176

246,250

510,871

2009 
$’000

22,932
(3,605)

19,327

25,015
(376)

(5,312)

19,327

(596)
(375)
(318)
12
–

1,864 

(1,277)

(403)	
(169) 

(572) 

–
(110)

(110)

1,292 

(1,387)

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 7 – tAxAtion (ContinueD)
ReConCiliAtion between inCome tAx expense And pRe-tAx net pRoFit
a reconciliation between income tax expense and accounting profit before income tax multiplied by the group’s  
applicable income tax rate is as follows:

profit before tax from continuing operations 
Profit	before	tax	from	discontinued	operations	

accounting profit before income tax expense 

prima facie income tax expense calculated at the group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% on the accounting profit 

increase in income tax expense due to:

restatement of deferred tax balances in new Zealand arising from reduction of company  
tax	rate	and	elimination	of	building	depreciation	for	tax		
non-deductible items and losses in non-resident controlled entities 
impairment write-down of land and buildings 
depreciation and amortisation of buildings 
non-deductible acquisition and legal costs 
non-refundable franking credits grossed up 
dividends from equity accounted associates 
Sundry items 

decrease in income tax expense due to:

tax losses from prior years now recognised or utilised 
Share of associates’ net profit 
Difference	between	book	and	tax	values	of	developed	residential	lots	recognised	
Difference	between	book	and	tax	profit	on	disposal	of	an	investment	in	an	associate	entity	
Difference	between	book	and	tax	values	for	investment	properties	recognised	
Share of incorporated jointly controlled entities’ net profit 
investment allowance and research and development tax concession 
franking credits on dividends received 
Share of investment allowance and non-assessable items in jointly controlled entities’ income tax 
franking credits on dividends received from equity accounted associates 
Share-based payments deductible for tax 

income tax over provided in prior year 

(b)  CuRRent tAx liAbilities
pRovision FoR CuRRent inCome tAx
movements during the year:
balance at the beginning of the year 
income tax paid 
current year income tax provided 
Income	tax	provision	within	entities	acquired	
tax refunds received 
over provision in prior year 
foreign currency differences in translation of foreign operations 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

136,444 
–	

136,444 

40,933 

2,957	
2,733 
1,740 
328 
438 
66 
21 
314 

8,597 

5,272 
2,640 
1,714	
–	
589	
456 
471 
183 
158 
37 
30 

11,550 

(308) 

37,672 

11,906 
(28,846) 
32,805 
56	
778 
(1,170) 
(1,320) 

14,209 

88,554
250

88,804

26,641

–
2,231
1,602
500
32
68
30
147

4,610

3,133
3,358
–
3,680
–
666
183
184
190
43
111

11,548

(376)

19,327

25,352
(38,532)
24,738
–
666
(434)
116

11,906

50

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
	
	
	
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 7 – tAxAtion (ContinueD)

(c)  deFeRRed inCome tAx
deFeRRed tAx liAbilities 
deferred tax liabilities comprise:
difference in depreciation and amortisation of property,  
plant and equipment for accounting and income tax purposes 
difference in treatment of property lease for accounting  
and tax purposes 
investment properties 
Available-for-sale	investments	
interest and holding charges capitalised 
expenditure currently deductible for tax but deferred and  
amortised for accounting purposes 
prepayments 
Share-based payments deductible for tax but deferred and  
amortised for accounting purposes 
Share of jointly controlled entity timing differences 
Unrealised	foreign	exchange	gains	not	currently	assessable	
Sundry items 

less: deferred tax liabilities of the tax-consolidated group offset  
against deferred tax assets 

deFeRRed tAx Assets 
deferred tax assets comprise:
provisions and accrued employee benefits not currently deductible 
unrealised foreign exchange losses not currently deductible 
Unrealised	foreign	exchange	differences	on	cash	flow	hedges	
deferred revenue 
difference in depreciation and amortisation of property,  
plant and equipment and intangible assets for accounting  
and income tax purposes 
lease termination payment not currently deductible 
Share of jointly controlled entity timing differences 
tax losses carried forward 
capital losses offsetting unrealised capital gains 
Difference	between	book	and	tax	values	of	developed	residential	land	lots	 	
Renounceable	pro-rata	entitlement	offer	costs	amortised	for	tax	
Sundry items 

less: deferred tax liabilities of the tax-consolidated group offset  
against deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax expense/(income)  

unReCognised deFeRRed tAx Assets
Revenue	losses	–	foreign	
Temporary	differences	–	foreign	

Statement of Financial Position 

Income Statement

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

12,972 

1,331 
6,179 
1,617	
1,180 

1,402 
106 

1,380 
641 
1,108	
231 

8,897 

1,514 
3,526 
1,292	
924 

1,215 
101 

984 
539 
321	
109 

28,147 

19,422

(20,145) 

(13,503)

8,002 

5,919

10,302 
364 
239	
2,568 

8,423 
210 
6,194 
2,023 
1,031 
1,834	
323	
624 

5,546 
219 
588	
2,474 

6,955 
420 
6,657 
1,177 
3,680 
–	
–	
513 

34,135 

28,229

(20,145) 

13,990 

(13,503)

14,726

4,372 

100 
2,653 
–	
256 

187 
5 

565 
102 
(30)	
118 

148 
(264) 
(76)	
(94) 

(2,173) 
210 
463 
(1,262) 
2,649 
(1,834)	
80	
69 

1,110

(245)
(234)
–
184

108
(20)

212
(601)
–
5

(889)
114
–
(710)

(298)
210
(226)
(170)
(3,680)
–
–
(182)

6,244 

(5,312)

24,047	
1,350	

25,397 

36,463
1,050

37,513

deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable profit will be available against 
which the group can utilise the benefits.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 7 – tAxAtion (ContinueD)

included in the deferred tax assets not recognised is the gross value of tax revenue losses arising in germany of $80,157,000 (2009: $121,542,000). 
the availability of these tax losses is subject to certain utilisation limits and ongoing availability tests under german tax law.

at 30 june 2010, there is no recognised deferred income tax liability (2009: $nil) for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of 
certain of the group’s subsidiaries, associates or incorporated jointly controlled entities.

tAx ConsolidAtion
the company and its wholly owned australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax-consolidated group. amalgamated holdings limited is the 
head entity for the tax-consolidated group. members of the group have entered into a tax sharing arrangement in order to allocate current and 
deferred tax amounts to the wholly owned subsidiaries using a “group allocation method approach”. the group recognises deferred tax assets 
arising from unused tax losses (including capital losses) of the tax-consolidated group to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits 
(including capital gains) of the tax-consolidated group will be available against which the asset can be utilised. in addition, the agreement provides 
for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations.

tAx Funding ARRAngement FoR membeRs oF the tAx-ConsolidAted gRoup
members of the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding arrangement which sets out the funding obligations of the tax-consolidated 
group in respect of tax amounts. the tax funding arrangements require payments to or from the company as head entity equal to the current tax liability 
or asset assumed by the head entity excluding any tax loss deferred tax asset assumed by the head entity. the members of the tax-consolidated group 
have also entered into a valid tax sharing agreement under the tax consolidation legislation which sets out the allocation of income tax liabilities 
between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations and the treatment of entities leaving the tax-consolidated group.

note 8 – DiviDenDS

dividends on ordinary shares paid during the year are:

2010
final 2009 dividend paid 
interim 2010 dividend paid 

2009
final 2008 dividend paid 
interim 2009 dividend paid 

subseQuent events
Since the end of the financial year, the directors  
declared the following dividend:
final 2010 dividend 

per share   total amount 
$’000 

Cents 

date of 
payment 

tax rate for 
franking credit 

percentage 
franked

21 
14 

19 
11 

17 September 2009 
29 march 2010 

25 September 2008 
19 march 2009 

27,383 
21,907 

49,290

24,554 
14,344 

38,898

30% 
30% 

30% 
30% 

100%
100%

100%
100%

23 

36,615 

16 September 2010 

30% 

100%

the financial effect of this final dividend in respect of the year has not been brought to account in the financial statements for the year ended 
30 june 2010 and will be recognised in subsequent financial statements.

a dividend reinvestment plan was available for the interim 2010 dividend paid on 29 march 2010. for details of shares issued under this plan, refer note 26.

FRAnking CRedit bAlAnCe
the amount of franking credits available are:
franking account balance as at the beginning of the financial year at 30% (2009: 30%) 
franking credits from the payment of income tax and income tax payable 
franking debits from the payment of dividends 
franking credits from the receipt of dividends 

the amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

138,872 
23,632 
(21,124) 
183 

141,563 

134,419
20,897
(16,670)
226

138,872

the impact on the franking account of dividends proposed or declared before the financial report was authorised for issue but not recognised as a 
distribution to equity holders during the period is to reduce the balance by $15,692,000 (2009: $11,736,000).

the ability to utilise franking credits is dependent upon the company being in a sufficient positive net asset position and also having adequate 
available cash flow liquidity.

in accordance with the tax consolidation legislation, the company, as the head entity in the tax-consolidated group, has also assumed the benefit of 
the franking credits available.

52

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 9 – eArninGS per SHAre

eARnings ReConCiliAtion
profit after tax from continuing operations 
Add:	Loss	after	tax	attributable	to	minority	interest	

Basic	earnings	–	continuing	operations	
Basic	earnings	–	discontinued	operations	

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the Company 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

98,772 
–	

98,772	
–	

98,772 

65,622
6

65,628
3,855

69,483

number 

number

weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator number for basic earnings per share 
Effect	of	management	share	options	on	issue	

148,762,958 
–	

136,287,264
–

Number for diluted earnings per share 

148,762,958 

136,287,264

there were no management share options on issue at 30 june 2010 (2009: nil).

note 10 – CASH AnD CASH equivALentS

cash at bank and on hand 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

45,288 

23,227

details relating to cash at bank and on hand and the group’s exposure to interest rate risk and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and 
liabilities are disclosed in note 29. 

note 11 – reCeivABLeS

CuRRent
trade receivables 
less: impairment of trade receivables 

other receivables 
receivable from jointly controlled entities 

non-CuRRent
trade receivables 
receivable from associates 
present value of loans provided under the employee share plan 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

34,757 
(591) 

34,166 
14,679 
1,631 

50,476 

93 
43 
269 

405 

27,347
(1,906)

25,441
10,911
2,018

38,370

143
43
330

516

trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-90 day terms.

the group’s exposure to credit and currency risks related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in note 29.

allowances are made for impairment losses until such time that the group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible; at that 
point, the amount considered irrecoverable is written off against the asset directly.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 11 – reCeivABLeS (ContinueD)

as at 30 june 2010, trade receivables with a value of $591,000 (2009: $1,906,000) were impaired 
and fully provided for. movements in the allowance for trade receivables are as follows:
balance at the beginning of the year 
charge for the year 
provision no longer required 
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 

as at 30 june, the analysis of trade receivables for the group that were past due but not 
impaired is as follows:
not past due nor impaired 
less than 30 days overdue 
more than 30 days overdue but less than 90 days overdue 
more than 90 days overdue 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

1,906 
4 
(1,291) 
(28) 

591 

26,502 
4,900 
1,796 
968 

34,166 

2,223
1,264
(1,837)
256

1,906

13,291
6,105
3,165
2,880

25,441

other receivables of $14,679,000 (2009:$10,911,000) do not contain impaired assets and are not past due. based on the credit history of these other 
receivables, it is expected that these amounts will be recovered when due.

note 12 – inventorieS

raw materials and stores 
work in progress 
finished goods 
Developed	residential	land	lots	–	held	for	sale	

2010 
$’000 

2,797 
3,870 
7,673 
3,784	

2009 
$’000

2,408
752
7,633
2,983

total inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value 

18,124 

13,776

note 13 – otHer Current ASSetS

prepayments 
Sundry 

note 14 – otHer finAnCiAL ASSetS

investments (unquoted):
other entities 

note 15 – AvAiLABLe-for-SALe finAnCiAL ASSetS 

investments in listed company 

6,172 
428 

6,600 

4,745
229

4,974

312 

312

10,447 

9,362

the group’s investment is in a company listed on the aSx. a 10% increase in the market price of the shares in this company at the reporting date 
would have increased equity by $731,000 after tax (2009: an increase of $655,000); an equal change in the opposite direction would have decreased 
equity by $731,000 after tax (2009: a decrease of $655,000).

note 16 – inveStmentS ACCounteD for uSinG tHe  
equity metHoD

associates 
jointly controlled entities 

note 

36 
37 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

15,037 
109,247 

124,284 

16,304
101,446

117,750

the group accounts for investments in associates and jointly controlled entities using the equity method, refer note 1(c)(iii).

54

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 17 – property, pLAnt AnD equipment

FReehold lAnd And buildings
at cost 
less: accumulated depreciation 

lAnd subJeCt to long teRm leAses
At	cost	–	subject	to	long	term	lease	
At	cost	–	subject	to	long	term	finance	lease	

buildings And impRovements subJeCt to long teRm leAses
At	cost	–	on	land	subject	to	long	term	lease	
At	cost	–	other	leasehold	improvements	
At	cost	–	subject	to	long	term	finance	lease	

less: accumulated amortisation 

ResoRt ApARtments And shARe oF Common pRopeRty
at cost 
Less:	Accumulated	depreciation	

CApitAl woRk in pRogRess
at cost 

plAnt And eQuipment
at cost 
less: accumulated depreciation 

Total property, plant and equipment at net book value 

ReConCiliAtions
Summaries of the movements in carrying amounts of each class of property, plant and equipment  
between the beginning and end of the year are set out below:

FReehold lAnd And buildings
at cost at the beginning of the year 
less: accumulated depreciation at the beginning of the year 

net balance at the beginning of the year 
additions 
transfer to investment properties 
transfer from capital work in progress 
Transfer	to	inventories	
disposals 
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 
depreciation 
impairment write-downs  

net balance at the end of the year 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

417,489 
(63,368) 

354,121 

56	
6,622	

6,678 

44,634	
118,029	
21,453	

184,116 
(112,981) 

404,881
(53,682)

351,199

56
8,037

8,093

43,685
114,986
26,034

184,705
(112,858)

71,135 

71,847

26,898 
(278)	

26,620 

15,513
–

15,513

1,751 

13,834

387,807 
(249,030) 

138,777 

599,082 

312,516
(211,251)

101,265

561,751

404,881 
(53,682) 

351,199 
22,432 
(9,776) 
289 
–	
(159) 
178 
(4,242) 
(5,800) 

354,121 

355,063
(49,646)

305,417
52,513
(1,838)
4,668
(535)
(23)
276
(3,939)
(5,340)

351,199

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 17 – property, pLAnt AnD equipment (ContinueD)

lAnd subJeCt to long teRm leAses
at cost at the beginning of the year 
Less:	Accumulated	depreciation	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	

net balance at the beginning of the year 
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 

net balance at the end of the year 

buildings And impRovements subJeCt to long teRm leAses
at cost at the beginning of the year 
less: accumulated amortisation at the beginning of the year 

net balance at the beginning of the year 
additions 
Addition	through	entities	acquired	
Transfer	from	capital	work	in	progress	
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 
disposals 
amortisation 

net balance at the end of the year 

ResoRt ApARtments And shARe oF Common pRopeRty
At	cost	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Less:	Accumulated	depreciation	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	

Net	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
additions 
Transfer	to	plant	and	equipment	
Depreciation	

net balance at the end of the year 

CApitAl woRk in pRogRess
balance at the beginning of the year 
Net	foreign	currency	differences	on	translation	of	foreign	operations	
additions 
Transfer	to	investment	properties	
transfer out on completion 
transfer to inventories 

net balance at the end of the year 

plAnt And eQuipment
at cost at the beginning of the year 
less: accumulated depreciation at the beginning of the year 

net balance at the beginning of the year 
additions 
Addition	through	entities	acquired	
transfer to investment properties 
transfer from capital work in progress 
Transfer	from	leased	plant	and	equipment	
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 
disposals  
depreciation 
impairment write-back 
impairment write-downs 

net balance at the end of the year 

56

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

8,093 
–	

8,093 
(1,415) 

6,678 

7,638
–

7,638
455

8,093

184,705 
(112,858) 

184,858
(107,517)

71,847 
3,179 
9,556	
–	
(4,662) 
(211) 
(8,574) 

71,135 

15,513	
–	

15,513	
11,416 
(31)	
(278)	

26,620 

13,834 
–	
155 
(11,332)	
(906) 
– 

1,751 

312,516 
(211,251) 

101,265 
27,758 
34,796	
(121) 
238 
–	
(1,513) 
(1,396) 
(17,711) 
986 
(5,525) 

138,777 

77,341
298
–
360
1,350
(56)
(7,446)

71,847

–
–

–
15,513
–
–

15,513

7,478
(7)
19,684
–
(10,873)
(2,448)

13,834

269,425
(185,208)

84,217
25,960
–
(41)
5,817
509
1,976
(355)
(16,815)
240
(243)

101,265

34	

34	

 
 
	
	
	
	
note 17 – property, pLAnt AnD equipment (ContinueD)

leAsed plAnt And eQuipment
At	cost	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Less:	Accumulated	amortisation	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	

Net	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Transfer	to	plant	and	equipment	
Amortisation	

Net	balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	

2,088
(1,422)

666
(509)
(157)

–

independent vAluAtions oF inteRest in lAnd And buildings
in assessing current values for the group’s interest in land and buildings and integral plant and equipment, including long term leasehold land and 
improvements, directors have relied upon independent valuations from registered qualified valuers. except for investment properties, which are 
revalued every half year (refer note 18), valuations are generally carried out on a progressive three year cycle. the last valuations were completed 
as at june 2010 and june 2009.

most ReCent vAluAtions oF inteRest in lAnd And buildings, exCluding investment pRopeRties

due to the diversity of the group’s operations, valuations have been prepared on a highest and best alternate  
use or existing use basis. a summary, by year of the last valuation, is set out as follows:
highest And best AlteRnAte use
Independent	valuation	
existing use
Independent	valuation	
Independent	valuation	
Independent	valuation	

–	2010		
–	2009		
–	2007		

–	2009		

lAnd And buildings not independently vAlued
acquisition cost of properties acquired since june 2009 not yet independently valued 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

54,500	

61,250

203,798	
416,906	
–	

675,204 

56,620 

731,824 

–
426,514
219,559

707,323

20,050

727,373

the above valuations do not take into account the potential impact of capital gains tax.

the written-down book value of plant and equipment which is deemed integral to land and buildings, has been determined to total approximately 
$73,500,000 as at 30 june 2010 (2009: $68,000,000).

impAiRment losses ReCognised
lAnd And buildings
during the year ended 30 june 2010, the trading performance of certain hotel properties caused the group to reassess their recoverable 
amount. hotel properties are treated as separate cash-generating units and their recoverable values were estimated based on their value in 
use. in determining the estimated value in use, discount rates in the range of 10.8% to 11.5% (2009: 11.4% to 11.9%) per annum were used. 
cash flows were projected based on actual operating results, with longer term cash flows, after the initial forecast periods, extrapolated using 
average expected growth rates of 2% (2009: 1.5% to 2.5%) per annum. as a result of these assessments, impairment losses totalling $5,800,000 
(2009: $3,028,000) were recognised in respect of hotel properties.

given the long life nature of these assets, the estimates of their recoverable value in use are particularly sensitive to changes in certain key 
assumptions. although all assumptions used are considered to be appropriate at this time, an increase of 1 percentage point in the discount rate, 
for the hotel properties assessed, would increase the impairment loss by $5,046,000. a 1 percentage point decrease in the discount rate would 
reduce the impairment loss by $5,631,000. a 10% decrease in the forecast earnings would increase the impairment loss by $12,528,000 and a 
10% increase in forecast earnings would decrease the impairment loss by $5,800,000. 

in the prior year to 30 june 2009, an impairment loss of $2,312,000 was also recognised for a retail property owned by the group. the assessed 
recoverable amount was determined using estimated current market rentals, actual costs and a capitalisation rate of 7%.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

57

 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 17 – property, pLAnt AnD equipment (ContinueD)
plAnt And eQuipment
during the year ended 30 june 2010, impairment write-downs totalling $5,525,000 were booked in relation to plant and equipment at the gowings 
and State theatre office buildings in Sydney. these write-downs arose due to the planned redevelopment of the buildings and was determined by 
conducting a line-by-line assessment of the recoverable value of plant and equipment as detailed in the group’s asset registers. 

in the prior year to 30 june 2009, an impairment loss of $281,000 was recognised for plant and equipment at a cinema site in germany. 

during the year ended 30 june 2010, impairment write-downs made in prior years for a number of cinema sites in germany were reversed to the 
value of $986,000 (2009: impairment reversal of $240,000). these write-backs were deemed appropriate due to improved cash flow generated 
by the sites resulting from a general improvement in trading performance. in assessing the recoverable amount for plant and equipment at these 
cinema sites, a discount rate of 12.2% has been applied to projected future cash flows which included a growth rate of 2%.

the impairment write-backs were only to the extent that the assets’ carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation to the date of the impairment reversal, had no impairment loss been recognised.

seCuRity
the following assets, whose carrying values are listed below, are subject to mortgage security to secure the group’s bank loan facilities. refer note 23.

freehold land and buildings 
freehold land and buildings classified as investment properties 

2010 
$’000 

163,480 
27,750 

191,230 

2009 
$’000

161,411
27,700

189,111

lAnd And buildings subJeCt to FinAnCe leAse
the group leases a property under a finance lease agreement. at the end of the lease, the group has the option to purchase the property at no 
additional cost. if this option is not exercised, the group can occupy the premises for a further five year period rent-free. at 30 june 2010, the net 
carrying amount of the property was $23,768,000 (2009: $29,605,000). the leased property secures lease obligations.

note 18 – inveStment propertieS

FReehold lAnd And buildings
at fair value 

Summary of movements: 
balance at the beginning of the year 
transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Additions	
Development	gain	on	revaluation	of	Canberra	Civic	property	
Revaluation	increment	on	transfer	from	property,	plant	and	equipment	
fair value increments/(decrements) 
Other	

balance at the end of the year 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

78,875 

29,600

29,600 
21,229 
17,608	
10,163	
–	
275 
–	

78,875 

28,500
1,879
–
–
267
(1,030)
(16)

29,600

the carrying amount of investment properties is the fair value of the property as determined by a registered qualified independent valuer. fair values 
were determined having regard to recent market transactions for similar properties in the same location as the group’s investment properties. 
valuers used capitalisation rates on reversionary rental yields in the range of 6.75% to 9.50% to determine fair values for the six investment 
properties held by the group.

investment properties comprise a number of commercial properties that are leased to third parties and which are held to derive rental income or 
capital appreciation or both. each of the leases for investment properties contains an initial non-cancellable period of between five to 15 years. 
Subsequent renewals are negotiated with the lessee. no contingent rents are charged for these investment properties.

during the financial year ended 30 june 2010, $4,911,000 (2009: $2,455,000) was recognised as rental income for investment properties in 
the income Statement with $1,281,000 (2009: $986,000) incurred in respect of direct costs, including $123,000 (2009: $135,000) for repairs 
and maintenance.

58

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
note 19 – GooDwiLL AnD otHer intAnGiBLe ASSetS

goodwill 
construction rights 
liquor licences 

Management	and	leasehold	rights	–	including	initial	contributions	
less: accumulated amortisation 

Film	library	
Less:	Accumulated	amortisation	

Software 
less: accumulated amortisation 

2010 
$’000 

10,649 
1,388 
185 

12,222 

20,361	
(2,690) 

17,671 

380	
(357)	

23	

7,489 
(4,516) 

2,973 

32,889 

2009 
$’000

5,316
1,388
185

6,889

6,712
(1,771)

4,941

–
–

–

5,813
(2,787)

3,026

14,856

ReConCiliAtions
Summaries of the carrying amount movements of each class of intangible assets between the beginning and end of the year are set out below:

goodwill

Construction 
rights

liquor 
licences

management 
and 
leasehold 
rights

Film library

software

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

2010 
Gross	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
accumulated amortisation and impairment  
losses	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	

Net	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Acquisitions	and	initial	contributions	
Amortisation	
Disposals	
net foreign currency differences on  
translation	of	foreign	operations	

net balance at the end of the year 

2009 
Gross	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
accumulated amortisation and impairment  
losses	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	

Net	balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Acquisitions	and	initial	contributions	
Amortisation	
net foreign currency differences on  
translation	of	foreign	operations	

Net	balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

5,316	

–	

5,316	
5,894	
–	
–	

(561)	

10,649 

5,064	

–	

5,064	
–	
–	

252	

5,316	

1,388	

–	

1,388	
–	
–	
–	

–	

1,388 

1,388	

–	

1,388	
–	
–	

–	

1,388	

185	

–	

185	
–	
–	
–	

–	

185 

185	

–	

185	
–	
–	

–	

185	

6,712	

(1,771)	

4,941	
13,914	
(925)	
(248)	

(11)	

17,671 

6,097	

(1,129)	

4,968	
611	
(642)	

4	

4,941	

–	

–	

–	
225	
(208)	
–	

6	

23 

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

	5,813

	(2,787)

	3,026
1,659
(1,378)
(394)

60

2,973

5,090

(1,846)

3,244
828
(1,213)

167

3,026

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 19 – GooDwiLL AnD otHer intAnGiBLe ASSetS (ContinueD)

impAiRment losses ReCognised
no impairment losses in relation to goodwill have been recognised in the year ended 30 june 2010 (2009: $nil).

impAiRment tests FoR CAsh-geneRAting units ContAining goodwill
the following units have carrying amounts of goodwill:

Cinema	Exhibition	Germany	–	cinema	joint	venture		
Cinema	Exhibition	New	Zealand	
multiple units without significant goodwill 

2010 
$’000 

3,683	
6,120	
846 

10,649 

2009 
$’000

4,470
–
846

5,316

the recoverable value of goodwill relating to the event cinemas exhibition business in new Zealand and goodwill relating to the group’s share of 
a cinema joint venture in germany has been determined by a value in use calculation. this calculation uses cash flow projections based on actual 
operating results and the three year plan, with cash flows beyond the three year period being projected using a 2% per annum growth rate, which is 
considered appropriate given economic indicators and the expected long term increase in revenue and operating costs in these markets. a pre-tax 
discount rate of 12.2% per annum has been used in discounting the projected cash flows.

note 20 – otHer non-Current ASSetS

Security deposits in respect of long term operating leases 
wildlife 
operating lease payments paid in advance 
Sundry 

note 21 – pAyABLeS 

CuRRent
trade creditors 
other creditors and accruals 

non-CuRRent
payables to associates 

the group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 29.

2010 
$’000 

4,034 
640 
1,083 
2,023 

7,780 

2009 
$’000

5,062
640
1,588
1,968

9,258

24,503 
49,532 

74,035 

30,622
46,694

77,316

2 

2

60

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 22 – intereSt BeArinG LiABiLitieS AnD BorrowinGS

CuRRent
inteRest beARing liAbilities And boRRowings
Bank	loans	
Loans	from	associates	
Lease	liabilities	
deferred financing costs 

–	secured	
–	unsecured	
–	secured	

non-inteRest beARing loAns
Loans	from	other	companies		

–	unsecured	

non-CuRRent
inteRest beARing liAbilities And boRRowings
Bank	loans		
Lease	liabilities	
deferred financing costs 

–	secured	
–	secured	

non-inteRest beARing loAns
Loans	from	other	companies	

–	unsecured	

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

23	

31	

23	
31	

–	
916	
3,934	
(248) 

4,602 

391	

4,993 

40,624	
–	
(242) 

40,382 

1,247	

41,629 

700
901
4,902
(248)

6,255

459

6,714

67,093
4,925
(490)

71,528

1,724

73,252

the group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to interest bearing liabilities and borrowings is disclosed in note 29.

note 23 – finAnCinG ArrAnGementS

bAnk debt – seCuRed
the group’s secured bank debt facilities comprise the following:

•	 A$160,000,000	of	revolving	multi-currency	loan	facility;	

•	 A$70,000,000	of	cash	advance	facility;

•	 A$38,750,000	of	credit	support	facility	(for	the	issue	of	letters	of	credit	and	bank	guarantees);	and

•	 a	total	of	A$5,050,000	in	overdraft	limits	to	support	its	transactional	banking	facilities.

the above facilities mature on 10 july 2012. these facilities are supported by interlocking guarantees from most group entities and are secured by 
specific property mortgages. debt drawn under these facilities bears interest at the relevant inter-bank benchmark reference rate plus a margin of 
between 0.45% and 0.90%. at 30 june 2010, the group had drawn $40,624,000 (2009: $67,093,000) under the debt facilities, of which 20% was 
subject to interest rate swaps used for hedging.

otheR loAns – geRmAny
in addition to the above facilities, wholly owned subsidiaries in germany have a working capital facility totalling €9,000,000 (a$12,896,000), 
secured by a letter of credit and bank guarantees drawn under the credit support facility in australia. debt drawn under this facility bears interest at 
the relevant inter-bank benchmark reference rate plus a margin of 0.85%. this facility is subject to annual review. at 30 june 2010, the group had 
no debt drawn under this facility (2009: debt of a$700,000).

FinAnCe leAse liAbility – geRmAny
a wholly owned subsidiary in germany also has a property finance lease with a balance outstanding of a$3,934,000 (2009: a$9,827,000). the lease 
bears interest at the relevant inter-bank benchmark reference rate plus a margin of 1.75% and as at 30 june 2010 had interest rate swaps used for 
hedging applying to 47.2% of the balance outstanding (also refer note 31).

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

note 24 – proviSionS

CuRRent
employee benefits 
Onerous	contracts	
insurance loss contingencies and other claims 

non-CuRRent
employee benefits 
Onerous	contracts	
decommissioning of leasehold improvements 

30 

30 

movements in pRovisions
movements in the carrying amounts of each class of provisions, except for employee benefits, are set out below:

oneRous ContRACts
Carrying	amount	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Provisions	assumed	through	entities	acquired	
provisions utilised 
Provisions	made	
Provisions	for	lease	costs	on	closed	cinema	sites	released	
Provisions	for	surplus	leased	space	released	
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 

Carrying	amount	at	the	end	of	the	year	

insuRAnCe loss ContingenCies And otheR ClAims 
carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
payments made 
provisions made 
reduction made 

carrying amount at the end of the year 

deCommissioning oF leAsehold impRovements
carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Provision	assumed	through	entities	acquired	
provisions reduced 
notional interest 
net foreign currency differences on translation of foreign operations 

carrying amount at the end of the year 

34	

34	

13,566 
2,766	
311 

16,643 

2,085 
1,344	
7,480 

10,909 

–	
2,163	
(309) 
2,201	
–	
–	
55 

4,110	

757 
(97) 
27 
(376) 

311 

7,559 
1,096	
(137) 
100 
(1,138) 

7,480 

11,932
–
757

12,689

2,019
–
7,559

9,578

1,221
–
(686)
–
(445)
(120)
30

–

348
(1)
473
(63)

757

7,157
–
(126)
151
377

7,559

oneRous ContRACts
the onerous contracts provision relate to long term non-cancellable operating leases in respect of cinema sites in new Zealand and germany. 
provisions have been raised for the forecast net deficits resulting from obligations under the leases. for further detail on the basis of accounting, 
refer note 1(q)(ii).

insuRAnCe loss ContingenCies And otheR ClAims
the provision relates to estimated costs to be incurred in respect of various claims that are expected to be settled within 12 months of the 
balance date.

deCommissioning oF leAsehold impRovements
the decommissioning of leasehold improvements provision has been raised in respect of “make-good” obligations under long term lease contracts 
for cinema sites. in determining the provisions, an assessment has been made, for each location, of the likelihood that a decommissioning cost will 
be incurred in the future and, where applicable, the level of costs to be incurred. uncertainty exists in estimating the level of costs to be incurred in 
the future because of the long term nature of cinema leases. the basis of accounting is set out in note 1(q)(iii).

62

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
note 25 – otHer LiABiLitieS

CuRRent
derivatives at fair value 
contract deposits received in advance 
Lease	incentives	deferred	

non-CuRRent
derivatives at fair value  
Lease	incentives	deferred	

note 26 – SHAre CApitAL

shARe CApitAl
fully paid ordinary shares 

movements in shARe CApitAl
balance at the beginning of the year 
Shares	issued	under	the	Renounceable	Pro-rata	Entitlement	Offer	
Shares	issued	under	the	Dividend	Reinvestment	Plan	
Shares	issued	under	the	Management	Share	Option	Plan	
performance shares issued under the executive 
Performance	Share	Plan	

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

29 

29 

2010 
shares 

2009 
shares 

617 
6,658 
1,260	

8,535 

197 
4,623	

4,820 

2010 
$’000 

1,221
7,252
–

8,473

840
–

840

2009 
$’000

159,196,899 

130,396,203 

219,126 

101,353

130,396,203 
26,080,088	
2,150,415	
–	

129,136,106 
–	
–	
733,500	

101,353 
105,987	
11,786	
–	

98,809
–
–
2,544

570,193	

526,597	

–	

–

balance at the end of the year 

159,196,899 

130,396,203 

219,126 

101,353

shARe CApitAl Consists oF:
ordinary shares 
employee Share plan  
tax exempt Share plan  
Performance	shares	–	restricted	and	held	in	trust	

balance at the end of the year 

157,266,021 
174,620 
14,478 
1,741,780	

128,987,262
176,520
18,455
1,213,966

159,196,899 

130,396,203

oRdinARy shARes
the company does not have authorised capital or par value in respect of its issued shares.

ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the company in proportion to the number of and 
amounts paid on the shares held. on a show of hands, every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one 
vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote.

shARe buy-bACk
there is no current on-market buy-back.

dividend Reinvestment plAn
the dividend reinvestment plan was activated for the interim 2010 dividend paid on 29 march 2010. a total of 2,150,415 shares were issued under 
the dividend reinvestment plan at $5.48 per share.

employee And exeCutive shARe plAns
information relating to the plans is set out in note 30.

options
there are no share options on issue as at 30 june 2010. for information relating to the management Share option plan, including details of options 
exercised and lapsed in the prior year to 30 june 2009, refer note 30.

RenounCeAble pRo-RAtA entitlement oFFeR
during the year, amalgamated holdings limited issued 26,080,088 ordinary shares at $4.10 per share under a renounceable pro-rata entitlement 
offer to shareholders. the renounceable pro-rata entitlement offer was announced on 3 november 2009 and new shares were issued on 
8 december 2009. net proceeds from this offer were $105,584,000, before recognition of a deferred tax asset of $403,000 relating to the future 
deductibility of issue costs.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 27 – reServeS AnD retAineD eArninGS

ReseRves
available-for-sale investments revaluation 
investment property revaluation 
hedging 
Share-based payments 
foreign currency translation 

movements in ReseRves
AvAilAble-FoR-sAle investments RevAluAtion ReseRve
balance at the beginning of the year 
Movement	in	fair	value	–	net	of	tax	

balance at the end of the year 

investment pRopeRty RevAluAtion ReseRve
balance at the beginning of the year 
Transfer	on	reclassification	of	property	to	investment	property	

balance at the end of the year 

hedging ReseRve
balance at the beginning of the year 
Movement	in	fair	value	of	cash	flow	hedging	instruments	–	net	of	tax	

balance at the end of the year 

shARe-bAsed pAyments ReseRve
balance at the beginning of the year 
amount recognised in the income Statement as an employee expense 
Amount	charged	to	related	entities	
other adjustments 

balance at the end of the year 

FoReign CuRRenCy tRAnslAtion ReseRve
balance at the beginning of the year 
currency translation adjustment on controlled foreign entities’ financial statements 
increment/(decrement) on foreign currency translation of share of associates’ net assets 
Transfer	to	retained	earnings	

balance at the end of the year 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

7,357 
3,820 
(71) 
6,339 
(17,342) 

103 

6,598 
759	

7,357 

3,820 
–	

3,820 

(1,473) 
1,402	

(71) 

4,581 
1,541 
–	
217 

6,339 

(7,359) 
(7,744) 
 (2,239) 
–	

(17,342) 

6,598
3,820
(1,473)
4,581
(7,359)

6,167

7,471
(873)

6,598

3,553
267

3,820

380
(1,853)

(1,473)

3,012
1,258
166
145

4,581

(9,239)
(216)
2,154
(58)

(7,359)

AvAilAble-FoR-sAle investments RevAluAtion ReseRve
this reserve includes the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale investments. amounts are recognised in the income 
Statement when the associated assets are sold or impaired.

investment pRopeRty RevAluAtion ReseRve
this reserve relates to property that has been reclassified as an investment property and represents the cumulative increase in fair value of the 
property at the date of reclassification.

hedging ReseRve
the hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to 
hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

shARe-bAsed pAyments ReseRve
this reserve includes the cumulative fair value of management share options and the fair value of the executive performance shares which have 
been recognised as an employee expense in the income Statement.

64

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
note 27 – reServeS AnD retAineD eArninGS (ContinueD)

FoReign CuRRenCy tRAnslAtion ReseRve
the foreign currency translation reserve records the foreign currency differences arising from the translation of foreign operations, the translation of 
transactions that hedge the group’s net investment in a foreign operation or the translation of foreign currency monetary items forming part of the 
net investment in a foreign operation and the group’s share of associates’ increment or decrement in the foreign currency translation reserve. refer 
accounting policy note 1(d).

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

RetAined eARnings
balance at the beginning of the year 
Transfer	from	foreign	currency	translation	reserve	
profit attributable to equity holders of the company 
dividends paid 

balance at the end of the year 

491,475 
–	
98,772 
(49,290) 

540,957 

note 28 – pArent entity DiSCLoSureS

as at, and throughout the financial year ended, 30 june 2010, the parent entity of the group was amalgamated holdings limited.

Results oF pARent entity
profit for the year 

other comprehensive income/(expense) 

total comprehensive income for the year 

FinAnCiAl position oF pARent entity At yeAR end
current assets 

total assets 

current liabilities 

total liabilities 

net assets 

totAl eQuity oF pARent entity CompRises oF:
Share capital 
reserves
—  available-for-sale investments revaluation 
—  Share-based payments 
retained earnings 

pARent entity Commitments
opeRAting leAse Commitments – As lessee
future minimum operating lease rental not provided for and payable:
within one year 
Later	than	one	year	but	not	later	than	five	years	

460,832
58
69,483
(38,898)

491,475

2009 
$’000

59,962

(159)

59,803

2010 
$’000 

77,932 

1,817 

79,749 

310 

1,377

386,740 

236,762

10,840 

14,462 

13,062

13,416

372,278 

223,346

219,126 

101,353

7,357 
6,339 
139,456 

372,278 

6,598
4,581
110,814

223,346

134 
–	

134 

230
134

364

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 28 – pArent entity DiSCLoSureS (ContinueD)

pARent entity ContingenCies
details of contingent liabilities for the parent entity which although considered remote the directors  
consider should be disclosed, are as follows:

ContRolled entities
the company has guaranteed the obligations of some subsidiary entities in respect of a number of operating  
lease commitments. operating lease commitments of subsidiary entities that have been guaranteed are due: 
not later than one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

the company has guaranteed the group’s share of other commitments in respect of financing and other  
arrangements of certain subsidiary entities 

the company has guaranteed finance lease commitments of a subsidiary 

Jointly ContRolled entities
the company has guaranteed lease commitments of certain jointly controlled entities. operating lease  
commitments of jointly controlled entities guaranteed are due:
not later than one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

63,582 
136,582 
167,629 

367,793 

924 

537 

29,076 
107,221 
143,537 

279,834 

649,088 

66,449
120,968
148,738

336,155

2,382

2,608

29,585
110,641
172,044

312,270

653,415

pARent entity guARAntee in RespeCt oF debts oF its subsidiARies
the company has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with effect that the company guarantees debts in respect of most of its australian 
incorporated subsidiaries. further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are disclosed in note 33.

note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement

FinAnCiAl Risk
the group’s exposure to financial risks, objectives, policies and processes for managing the risks including methods used to measure the risks, and 
the management of capital are presented below.

the group’s activities expose it to the following financial risks:

•	 credit	risk;

•	

liquidity	risk;	and

•	 market	risk,	including	currency	risk	and	interest	rate	risk.

the board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the risk management framework. risk management policies are established to identify and 
analyse the risks faced by the group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. risk management 
policies and systems are reviewed regularly and modified as appropriate to reflect changes in market conditions and the group’s activities.

the audit committee oversees how management has established and monitors internal compliance and control systems and to ensure the 
appropriate and effective management of the above risks. the audit committee is assisted in its oversight role by the internal auditor. the internal 
auditor undertakes reviews of risk management controls and procedures in accordance with an annual plan approved by the audit committee. the 
results of these internal audit reviews are reported to the audit committee.

CRedit Risk
credit risk arises from trade and other receivables outstanding, cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions. it is the risk of financial loss to the group if a customer or counterparty to the financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the group’s trade receivables from customers. 

tRAde And otheR ReCeivAbles
the group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. the demographics of the group’s 
customer base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which customers operate, have less of an influence on credit risk.

exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. management has established a credit policy under which each new customer requiring credit 
over a certain amount is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the group’s standard payment terms and conditions are offered. purchase 
limits are established for major customers, which represents the maximum open amount without requiring additional approval from management.

the group has established an allowance for impairment that represents their estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables. 
the main component of this allowance relates to exposures for specific debtors.

66

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

CRedit Risk (Continued)
investments
investments of surplus cash and deposits and derivative financial instruments are with banks with high credit ratings. given their high credit ratings, 
management does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

at 30 june 2010, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk. the maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount 
of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, in the Statement of financial position.

guARAntees 
all guarantees are in respect of obligations of subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities in which the group has an interest. details of 
guarantees given by the group are provided in note 32. details of guarantees given by the parent entity are provided in note 28.

the gRoup’s exposuRe

the group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was: 
available-for-sale financial assets 
receivables 
cash and cash equivalents 
Security deposits in respect of long term leases 

note 

15 
11 
10 
20 

the maximum exposure to credit risk for receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:
australia 
new Zealand 
germany and other euro-zone countries 
united kingdom 
other 

the maximum exposure to credit risk for receivables by business segment at the reporting date was:
Cinema	Exhibition	–	Australia	
Cinema	Exhibition	–	Germany	
Cinema	Exhibition	–	New	Zealand	
hotels 
thredbo alpine resort 
leisure/attractions 
property and other investments 
entertainment technology 
other 

2010 
$’000 

10,447 
50,881 
45,288 
4,034 

110,650 

39,386 
5,955 
5,388 
26 
126 

50,881 

5,443	
5,286	
678	
9,315 
359 
204 
16,215 
4,822 
8,559 

50,881 

2009 
$’000

9,362
38,886
23,227
5,062

76,537

31,314
826
6,422
10
314

38,886

4,643
6,238
–
7,250
1,016
283
1,438
13,229
4,789

38,886

liQuidity Risk
liquidity risk is the risk that the group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. the group manages liquidity risk by 
continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows. group treasury aims at maintaining flexibility in funding by keeping committed credit lines 
available with a number of counterparties. bank debt facilities available to the group are detailed in note 23.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

liQuidity FinAnCiAl Risk (Continued)
the gRoup’s FinAnCiAl liAbilities
the contractual maturities of the group’s financial liabilities, including interest payments and excluding the impact of netting agreements, are as follows:

Carrying 
amount

Contractual 
cash flows

6 months  
or less

between  
6 to  
12 months

between  
1 to 2  
years

between  
2 to 5  
years

over  
5 years

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

30 June 2010 
non-deRivAtive FinAnCiAl  
liAbilities
Secured	bank	loans		
unsecured loans from associates 
Finance	lease	liability	
unsecured non-interest bearing  
loans from other companies 
Trade	payables	
Other	creditors	and	accruals	
deRivAtive FinAnCiAl liAbilities 
/(Assets)
interest rate swaps used for  
hedging	(net)	
forward exchange contracts  
used	for	hedging	(net)	

30 June 2009 
non-deRivAtive FinAnCiAl  
liAbilities
Secured	bank	loans		
unsecured loans from associates 
Finance	lease	liability	
unsecured non-interest bearing  
loans from other companies 
Trade	payables	
Other	creditors	and	accruals	
deRivAtive FinAnCiAl liAbilities 
/(Assets)
interest rate swaps used for  
hedging	(net)	
forward exchange contracts used  
for	hedging	(net)	

40,624	
916 
3,934	

1,638 
24,503	
49,532	

(44,696)	
(1,522) 
(4,056)	

(1,638) 
(24,503)	
(49,532)	

(742)	
(27) 
(2,180)	

(346) 
(24,503)	
(49,532)	

(952)	
(28) 
(1,876)	

(319) 
–	
	–	

(2,141)	
(59) 
–	

(130) 
–	
–	

763	

51	

(773)	

(51)	

(327)	

(51)	

(249)	

(197)	

–	

–	

(40,861)	
(188) 
–	

16 
–	
–	

–	

–	

–
(1,220)
–

(859)
–
–

–

–

121,961 

(126,771) 

(77,708) 

(3,424) 

(2,527) 

(41,033) 

(2,079)

67,793	
901 
9,827	

2,183 
30,622	
46,694	

(78,707)	
(1,542) 
(10,233)	

(2,183) 
(30,622)	
(46,694)	

(1,993)	
(29) 
(2,645)	

(176) 
(30,622)	
(46,694)	

(1,288)	
(30) 
(2,645)	

(176) 
–	
–	

(3,524)	
(63) 
(4,943)	

(361) 
–	
–	

(71,902)	
(199) 
–	

(611) 
–	
–	

1,983	

(2,005)	

78	

(78)	

(808)	

(78)	

(600)	

(527)	

–	

–	

(70)	

–	

–
(1,221)
–

(859)
–
–

–

–

160,081 

(172,064) 

(83,045) 

(4,739) 

(9,418) 

(72,782) 

(2,080)

for derivative financial assets and liabilities, maturities detailed in the table above approximate periods that cash flows and impact on profit are 
expected to occur.

mARket Risk
market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates will affect the group’s income or the value 
of its holdings of financial instruments. the objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable 
parameters, while optimising the return.

the group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge exposures to fluctuations 
in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes and are not traded or used as speculative 
instruments. this is carried out under treasury policies approved by the board.

68

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

mARket Risk (Continued)
inteRest RAte Risk
the group manages interest rate exposures on borrowings in accordance with a board approved treasury policy that specifies parameters for 
hedging including hedging percentages and approved hedging instruments. the policy specifies upper and lower hedging limits set for specific time 
frames out to five years.

at the reporting date, the interest rate profile of the group’s interest bearing financial instruments was:

Fixed RAte instRuments
Financial	assets	
Financial	liabilities	

vARiAble RAte instRuments
financial assets 
financial liabilities 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

	–	
	–	

	–	

–
–

–

39,918 
(45,474) 

(5,556) 

 21,341
(78,521)

(57,180)

the group manages interest rate risk in accordance with a board approved policy covering the types of instruments, range of protection and 
duration of instruments. the financial instruments cover interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements. maturities of these instruments are up 
to a maximum of five years. interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements allow the group to raise long term borrowings including long term 
finance leases, at floating rates and swap a portion of those borrowings into fixed rates.

the approved range of interest rate cover is based on the projected debt levels for each currency and reduced for each future year. the group 
currently hedges interest bearing debt in aud, eur and nZd with cover at 30 june 2010 extending to march 2012 in aud, to december 2010 in  
eur and to September 2011 in nZd. at 30 june 2010, due to the low level of group debt, the group had only 20% (2009: 64%) of debt hedged.

the group classifies interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value in the Statement of financial position.

details on the major components of the group’s interest bearing liabilities are disclosed in notes 22 and 23.

sensitivity AnAlysis
sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments
the group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. the group’s derivatives (interest rate 
swaps) qualify for hedge accounting and the movement in fair value of those effective interest rate swaps is accounted for in equity in the hedging 
reserve. therefore, a change in interest rates at the reporting date for those effective swaps would not affect the profit for the period.

at 30 june 2010, if prevailing market interest rates had moved by +/- 1% (100 basis points) per annum from year end rates, the effect on the 
group’s post-tax profit and equity, assuming all other variables remain constant, would have been as illustrated below:

2010
Variable	rate	instruments	
interest rate swaps 

2009
Variable	rate	instruments	
interest rate swaps 

Profit 

Equity 
(hedging reserve)

100 bp  
increase 
$’000 

100 bp 
decrease 
$’000 

100 bp 
increase 
$’000 

100 bp 
decrease 
$’000

(1)	
140 

139 

(382)	
346 

(36) 

1	
(140) 

(139) 

382	
(346) 

36 

–	
155 

155 

–	
490 

490 

–
(158)

(158)

–
(504)

(504)

the movement in profit is due to higher/lower interest costs from variable rate debt, net interest rate swaps, and cash balances. the movement in 
equity is due to an increase/decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax. the sensitivity is higher 
in 2009 than in 2010 due to higher borrowings levels at 30 june 2009.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

69

 
 
	
	
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

mARket Risk (Continued)
FoReign exChAnge Risk
the group is exposed to currency risk on purchases, borrowings and surplus funds that are denominated in a currency other than the respective 
functional currencies of group entities, primarily the australian dollar (“aud”), but also the new Zealand dollar (“nZd”), euro (“eur”) and great 
british pound (“gbp”). transactions undertaken by group entities are primarily denominated in aud, nZd, eur and uS dollars (“uSd”).

the group manages foreign currency exposures in accordance with a board approved treasury policy that specifies parameters for hedging, 
including hedging percentages and approved hedging instruments. at any point in time, the group hedges up to 60% of “highly probable” foreign 
currency exposures and 100% of confirmed foreign currency exposures. typically, foreign currency exposures are hedged with the utilisation of 
forward exchange contracts.

the group’s exposure to foreign currency risk in aud equivalents at the reporting date was as follows, based on notional amounts:

30 June 2010 

30 June 2009

cash and cash equivalents  
Trade	receivables		
Secured	bank	loans	
Trade	payables	

gross balance sheet exposure 

Interest	rate	swaps	
Forward	exchange	contracts	

euR 
$’000 

nZd  
$’000 

317 
–	
–	
–	

317 

–	
–	

–	

722 
355	
(40,624)	
(626)	

(40,173) 

(331)	
–	

(331)	

usd 
$’000 

8,774 
–	
–	
–	

8,774 

–	
(51)	

(51)	

net exposure 

317 

(40,504) 

8,723 

gbp 
$’000 

euR 
$’000 

nZd  
$’000 

usd 
$’000 

gbp 
$’000

33 
–	
–	
–	

33 

–	
–	

–	

33 

51 
–	
–	
–	

51 

–	
–	

–	

306 
166	
(16,093)	
(66)	

(15,687) 

(638)	
–	

(638)	

51 

(16,325) 

159 
–	
–	
–	

159 

–	
(78)	

(78)	

81 

120
–
–
–

120

–
–

–

120

sensitivity AnAlysis
a 10% strengthening/weakening of the australian dollar against the following currencies at 30 june would have (decreased)/increased group 
equity and profit (pre-tax) by the amounts shown below. this analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. 

2010
aud/uSd +10% 
aud/uSd -10% 
aud/nZd +10% 
aud/nZd -10% 
AUD/EUR	+10%	
AUD/EUR	-10%	
AUD/GBP	+10%	
AUD/GBP	-10%	

2009
aud/uSd +10% 
aud/uSd -10% 
aud/nZd +10% 
aud/nZd -10% 
AUD/EUR	+10%	
AUD/EUR	-10%	
AUD/GBP+10%	
AUD/GBP	-10%	

equity  profit or loss 
$’000
$’000 

(767) 
938 
3,723 
(4,551) 
–	
–	
–	
–	

7 
(8) 
1,521 
(1,859) 
–	
–	
–	
–	

(26)
31
(35)
57
(29)
35
(3)
4

(14)
18
(37)
45
(5)
5
(12)
12

hedging oF net investment in FoReign subsidiARies
the group’s nZd denominated bank loan is designated as a hedge of the group’s investment in its subsidiaries in new Zealand. the carrying 
amount of the loan at 30 june 2010 was $40,624,000 (2009: $16,093,000). a foreign exchange loss of $1,175,000 (2009: loss of $42,000) was 
recognised in equity on translation of the loan to aud.

the majority of the movement in the aud/nZd sensitivity analysis in the table above is attributed to movements in the holding value of this 
nZd bank loan (and associated interest rate swaps). this movement would have an opposite movement in the aud holding value of the underlying 
hedged investment in new Zealand.

70

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

FAiR vAlues
the fair values of financial assets and liabilities together with their carrying amounts shown in the Statement of financial position are as follows:

cash and cash equivalents 
trade and other receivables 
present value of loans provided under the employee share plan 
other financial assets 
available-for-sale financial assets 
Security	deposits	–	operating	leases	
bank loans 
finance lease liabilities 
loans from associates 
loans from other companies 
payables 
interest rate swaps 
forward exchange contracts: 

Carrying 
amount  
2010

Fair value  
2010

Carrying 
amount  
2009

Fair value  
2009

$’000

45,288 
50,612 
269 
312 
10,447 
4,034	
(40,134) 
(3,934) 
(916) 
(1,638) 
(74,037) 
(763) 
(51) 

(10,511) 

$’000

45,288 
50,612 
269 
312 
10,447 
4,034	
(40,624) 
(3,934) 
(916) 
(1,638) 
(74,037) 
(763) 
(51) 

(11,001) 

$’000

23,227 
38,556 
330 
312 
9,362 
5,062	
(67,055) 
(9,827) 
(901) 
(2,183) 
(77,318) 
(1,983) 
(78) 

(82,496) 

$’000

23,227
38,556
330
312
9,362
5,062
(67,793)
(9,827)
(901)
(2,183)
(77,318)
(1,983)
(78)

(83,234)

note

10 
11 
11 
14 
15 
20	
22 
22 
22 
22 
21 
25 
25 

estimAtion oF FAiR vAlues
the following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected in the 
table above:

Quoted investments
fair value is determined by reference to the securities exchange quoted market prices at close of business on 30 june, without any deduction for 
transaction costs.

deRivAtives
bank mark-to-market valuations have been used to determine the fair value of interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts. these have 
been back tested against valuations generated by the group’s treasury system pricing module, using market quoted data as at 30 june. the system 
uses discounted cash flow techniques to value financial instruments.

inteRest beARing loAns And boRRowings
fair value is calculated based on discounted expected future principal and interest cash flows.

FinAnCe leAse liAbilities
the fair value is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at market interest rates for similar lease arrangements. the 
estimated fair value reflects the assessed current interest rate for a similar lease where this rate has been determined to be different from the 
rate charged.

tRAde And otheR ReCeivAbles/pAyAbles
for receivables/payables with a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the fair value. all other receivables/
payables are discounted to determine the fair value where an appropriate rate of interest is not received/charged in respect of the amount.

inteRest RAtes used FoR deteRmining FAiR vAlue
the group uses a bank quoted interest rate swap curve as at 30 june plus assessed risk factors/credit spread to discount financial instruments.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

71

 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 29 – finAnCiAL riSK mAnAGement (ContinueD)

FinAnCiAl instRuments FAiR vAlue deteRminAtion method gRAdings
the table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. the different levels have been defined as follows:

•	 Level	1:	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities;

•	 Level	2:	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	directly	(i.e.	as	prices)	or	

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•	 Level	3:	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data	(unobservable	inputs).

30 June 2010
Available-for-sale	financial	assets	
Derivative	financial	liabilities	

30 June 2009
Available-for-sale	financial	assets	
Derivative	financial	liabilities	

level 1 
$’000 

level 2 
$’000 

level 3 
$’000 

10,447	
–	

10,447	

9,362	
–	

9,362	

–	
(814)	

(814)	

–	
(2,061)	

(2,061)	

–	
–	

–	

–	
–	

–	

total 
$’000

10,447
(814)

9,633

9,362
(2,061)

7,301

CApitAl mAnAgement
the group manages its capital with the objective of maintaining a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence 
and to have the capacity to take advantage of opportunities that will enhance the existing businesses and enable future growth and expansion. the 
board monitors the return on capital, which the group defines as operating profit after income tax divided by the total of shareholders’ equity and 
long term debt. the board also monitors the group’s gearing ratio, being net debt divided by the total of shareholders’ equity.

it is recognised that the group operates in business segments in which operating results may be subject to volatility and the board continuously 
reviews the capital structure to ensure sufficient:

•	 surplus	funding	capacity	is	available;

•	

•	

funds	are	available	for	capital	expenditure	and	to	implement	longer	term	business	development	strategies;	and

funds	are	available	to	maintain	appropriate	dividend	levels.

there were no changes in the group’s approach to capital management during the year.

neither the company nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

72

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
note 30 – empLoyee BenefitS

employee beneFits 
AggRegAte liAbility FoR employee beneFits inCluding on-Costs:
CuRRent
employee benefits provision 
non-CuRRent
employee benefits provision 

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

24 

24 

13,566 

11,932

2,085 

15,651 

2,019

13,951

mAnAgement shARe option plAn
there were no options granted during the year to 30 june 2010 or the previous financial year.

there are no unissued ordinary shares of the company under option at 30 june 2010.

there were no options exercised to acquire ordinary shares during the year to 30 june 2010.

during the prior year to 30 june 2009, employees exercised options to acquire 733,500 fully paid ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise 
price of $3.47. 

Set out below are summaries of options exercised or expired during the prior year to 30 june 2009:

Grant date

Expiry date

Exercise  
price

Balance  
at the start  
of the year

Exercised 

Expired 

Balance  
at the end  
of the year

Exercisable  
at the end of 
the year

number

number

number

number

number

30	September	2008	
11	December	2003	
17	June	2004	
30	September	2008	
16	September	2004	 30	September	2008	

$3.35	
$3.14	
$3.72	

Total	

463,500	
30,000	
250,000	

743,500	

(453,500)	
(30,000)	
(250,000)	

(733,500)	

(10,000)	
–	
–	

(10,000)	

Weighted	average	exercise	price	

$3.47	

$3.47	

$3.35	

–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

–
–
–

–

–

exeCutive peRFoRmAnCe shARe plAn
the establishment of the executive performance Share plan was approved by shareholders at the 2006 annual general meeting. employees 
receiving awards under the executive performance Share plan are those of a senior level and above (including the managing director).

an employee awarded performance shares is not legally entitled to shares in the company before the performance shares allocated under the plan 
vest. however, the employee can vote and receive dividends in respect of shares allocated to them. once the shares have vested, they remain in the 
trust (refer note 1(s)(i)) until the earliest of the employee leaving the group, the tenth anniversary of the date the performance shares were awarded 
or the board approving an application for their release. award, vesting and exercise under the plan are made for no consideration.

the performance period is three years. 

Set out below are summaries of performance shares awarded under the plan:

Type of right

Grant date

2010
Performance	shares	
Performance	shares	
Performance	shares	
performance shares 

2009
Performance	shares	
Performance	shares	
performance shares 

28	June	2010	
23	February	2009	
18	February	2008	
19 february	2007	

23	February	2009	
18	February	2008	
19 february	2007	

Balance at 
start of year

Granted  

Exercised

Balance at 
end of year 

number

number

number

number

–	
526,597	
357,351	
330,018	

1,213,966 

–	
473,182	
345,422	

818,604 

570,193	
–	
–	
–	

570,193 

526,597	
–	
–	

526,597 

–	
(1,546)	
–	
(40,833)	

570,193
525,051
357,351
289,185

(42,379) 

1,741,780

–	
(115,831)	
(15,404)	

526,597
357,351
330,018

(131,235) 

1,213,966

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 30 – empLoyee BenefitS (ContinueD)

during the year to 30 june 2010, 570,193 performance shares were granted to employees under the plan and 330,018 shares, relating to the 2007 
plan issue, vested with employees. of these shares that vested, 40,833 were exercised and withdrawn from the trust.

during the year, 1,546 performance shares were released from performance hurdle requirements and transferred to a participant on an unrestricted 
basis. the board approved transfer was part of the negotiated settlement on termination of the employment of the employee participant.

during the prior financial year to 30 june 2009, 131,235 performance shares were released from performance hurdle requirements and transferred 
to certain participants on an unrestricted basis. the board approved transfer was part of the negotiated settlement on termination of the 
employment of eight employee participants. 

other than as disclosed above, none of the performance shares awarded under the plan vested or became exercisable during the year. 

FAiR vAlue oF peRFoRmAnCe shARes gRAnted
the assessed fair value at grant date of performance shares granted under the executive performance Share plan during the year ended 
30 june 2010 was $5.78 (2009 issue: $4.34) for those shares that have earning per share hurdles and $4.72 (2009 issue: $3.80) for those shares that 
have total shareholder return hurdles. the fair value of each performance share is estimated on the date of grant using a monte carlo model with 
the following weighted average assumptions used for each grant:

dividend yield (per annum) 
expected volatility 
risk-free rate (per annum) 
expected life of incentive 

granted 
28 June 2010 

granted 
23 Feb 2009 

granted 
18 Feb 2008

6.60% 
33% 
4.50% 
3 years 

6.90% 
38% 
3.10% 
3 years 

5.48%
30%
6.89%
3 years

the expected life of the performance shares is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
the expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the 
actual outcome.

tAx exempt shARe plAn
all australian resident permanent employees (excluding directors) are eligible to participate in the tax exempt Share plan. the tax exempt Share 
plan enables participating employees to make salary sacrifice contributions to purchase shares on-market on a monthly basis. the shares in the tax 
exempt Share plan are restricted from being traded and must be held for a minimum of three years whilst the participant remains an employee of 
the group. trading restrictions are lifted on the cessation of employment.

offers under the tax exempt Share plan are at the discretion of the company. all shares acquired under the tax exempt Share plan rank equally with 
all other ordinary shares.

the tax exempt Share plan was suspended during the year and was reactivated in june 2010. there were no shares purchased during the year by 
employees under the tax exempt Share plan (2009: 5,655 shares).

employee shARe plAn
at 30 june 2010, the total shares issued under the plan was 174,620 (2009: 176,520). there were no shares issued during the year. the plan is 
closed to new members and no offers have been made under the plan since 1998.

the market value of ordinary shares at 30 june 2010 was $5.70 (2009: $4.30).

note 26 provides details of the movement in the ordinary share capital during the year.

supeRAnnuAtion
Group	entities	contribute	to	several	defined	contribution	superannuation	plans	–	refer	also	Note	1(r).	The	superannuation	contributions	recognised	
as an expense in the income Statement are detailed below:

Superannuation contributions recognised as an expense 

2010 
$’000 

7,264 

2009 
$’000

6,627

74

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 31 – CommitmentS AnD LeASeS

CApitAl expendituRe Commitments
contracted but not provided for and payable:
within one year 

opeRAting leAse Commitments – As lessee
future minimum operating lease rentals not provided for and payable:
within one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

4,783 

23,594

93,695 
329,127 
378,383 

801,205 

99,234
345,868
435,664

880,766

the group leases various properties, including cinema sites, under operating leases. the leases typically run for periods up to 20 years, with varying 
terms, escalation clauses and renewal or extension options. the head lease in respect of the thredbo village and ski area is for a longer period, 
being 50 years from 29 june 2007.

a small number of leases have commitments in respect of contingent rental payments which arise when the operating performance of a site 
exceeds a pre-determined amount. also, there are rentals which are determined as the higher of a base rental and a fixed percentage of a defined 
amount reflecting the operating performance of a site or a base rental plus a fixed percentage of the net profit from the site. contingent rental 
payments recognised as an expense in the period for the group amounted to $5,125,000 (2009: $2,482,000).

sub-leAse ReCeivAbles – As lessoR
future lease receivables in relation to sub-leases of property space under operating leases not  
recognised and receivable:
within one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

opeRAting leAses – As lessoR
future operating lease rentals for owned properties not recognised and receivable: 
within one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

8,918 
29,951 
243,572 

282,441 

10,692 
31,079 
52,340 

94,111 

9,482
32,816
252,543

294,841

8,073
27,768
57,588

93,429

the group receives rental income from a number of properties, both owned and leased. with exception to sub-leases under the thredbo head lease, 
leases are for periods ranging between one to 15 years and have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal options. there are approximately 
700 sub-leases under the thredbo head lease. thredbo sub-leases consist of long term accommodation sub-leases for holiday apartments, chalets 
and lodges and also retail sub-leases for shops. long term accommodation sub-leases are typically for periods mirroring the head lease, which was 
renewed for a further 50 year period on 29 june 2007.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 31 – CommitmentS AnD LeASeS (ContinueD)

FinAnCe leAse Commitments – As lessee
finance lease rentals are payable as follows:
within one year 
Later	than	one	year	but	not	later	than	five	years	

less: future lease finance charges 

the present value of lease payments is as follows:
within one year 
Later	than	one	year	but	not	later	than	five	years	

finance lease liabilities provided for in the accounts:
current 
Non-current	

total finance lease liabilities 

note 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

4,001 
–	

4,001 
(67) 

3,934 

3,934 
–	

3,934 

3,934 
–	

3,934 

5,290
4,876

10,166
(339)

9,827

4,902
4,925

9,827

4,902
4,925

9,827

22 
22	

of the above lease, $3,934,000 (2009: $9,827,000) is in respect of land and buildings. the initial lease term concludes in june 2011, at which 
time the controlled entity has an option to purchase the property at no additional cost. if the option was not exercised, a nominal value would be 
recovered over time in respect of the property.

FinAnCe leAse Commitments – As lessoR
the group does not have finance lease or hire purchase arrangements in place where they act as a lessor.

note 32 – ContinGent ASSetS AnD LiABiLitieS

details of contingent liabilities and contingent assets which, although considered remote, the directors consider should be disclosed, are as follows:

Contingent liAbilities
Jointly ContRolled entities 
certain subsidiaries have obligations in respect of the lease commitments for jointly controlled entities.  
operating lease commitments of jointly controlled entities not included in the group’s financial statements,  
for which a controlled entity has obligations, are due:
not later than one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

38,940 
134,658 
161,297 

334,895 

39,052
142,166
192,878

374,096

ClAim AgAinst gRoup entity FoR AdditionAl ChARges
a group entity has received a claim for the payment of additional charges covering the last five years, the basis of which is disputed by the 
group entity. it is estimated that the group’s maximum liability under this claim is $510,000, plus interest and legal costs. no provision has been 
established against this amount as it is currently not considered that the success of this claim is probable.

ClAims FoR peRsonAl inJuRy
the nature of the group’s operations results in claims for personal injury being received from time to time. the directors believe that the outcome of 
any current claims outstanding, which are not provided against in the financial statements, will not have a significant impact on the operating result 
of the group in future reporting periods.

the directors are of the opinion that provisions are not required in respect of these matters, as it is not probable that a future sacrifice of economic 
benefits will be required or the amount is not capable of reliable measurement at balance date.

ClAims Resolved
in the group’s financial report for the year ended 30 june 2009, it was noted that a group entity had received a claim, resulting from a dispute over 
contract terms, seeking recovery of past payments made totalling $4,141,000 plus interest and legal costs. no provision was recorded for this claim 
at 30 june 2009. this claim was settled in the financial year to 30 june 2010, with no refund of past payments required.

Contingent Assets
tAxAtion – oveRseAs ContRolled entities
a contingent asset exists at 30 june 2010 in the range of $10,317,000 to $12,896,000 (2009: $11,824,000) relating to disputed value-added tax 
provided for or paid by certain overseas controlled entities on a number of products sold during the period since 1 january 2005.

76

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
note 33 – DeeD of CroSS GuArAntee

pursuant to aSic class order 98/1418 (as amended) dated 13 august 1998, the wholly owned subsidiaries listed below are relieved from the 
Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial reports, and directors’ reports.

it is a condition of the class order that the company and each of the subsidiaries enter into a deed of cross guarantee. the effect of the deed is that 
the company guarantees to each creditor, payment in full of any debt in the event of winding up of any of the subsidiaries under certain provisions of 
the Corporations Act 2001. if a winding up occurs under other provisions of the act, the company will only be liable in the event that after six months 
any creditor has not been paid in full. the subsidiaries have also given similar guarantees in the event that the company is wound up.

the subsidiaries subject to the deed are:

birch, carroll & coyle limited 
bryson hotel pty limited 
canberra theatres limited 
edge digital technology pty limited 
elsternwick properties pty limited 
featherdale farm & aviaries pty limited 
featherdale holdings pty limited 
filmlab engineering pty limited 
glenelg theatres pty limited 
greater entertainment pty limited 
greater occasions australia pty limited 
greater union international holdings pty limited 
greater union nominees pty limited 
greater union Screen entertainment pty limited 
greattheatre pty limited 
guo investments (wa) pty limited 
gutace holdings pty limited 
haparanda pty limited 
haymarket’s tivoli theatres pty limited 
kidsports australia pty limited 

kosciuszko thredbo pty limited
kvarken pty limited
lakeside hotel pty limited
mamasa pty limited
noahs limited
northside gardens hotel pty limited
pantami pty limited
rq motels pty limited
rydges bankstown pty limited
rydges cronulla pty limited
rydges hotels limited
Sabaya port douglas pty limited
Sonata hotels pty limited
tannahill pty limited
the geelong theatre company limited
the greater union organisation pty limited
thredbo resort centre pty limited
tobeon pty limited
tourism & leisure pty limited
western australia cinemas pty limited
Zollverein pty limited

a consolidated income Statement and consolidated Statement of financial position, comprising the company and controlled entities which are a 
party to the deed, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the deed, at 30 june 2010 are set out as follows:

inCome stAtement
profit before tax 
income tax expense 

Profit after income tax but before discontinued operations 
Profit	after	tax	from	discontinued	operations	

Profit after income tax and discontinued operations 
retained earnings at the beginning of the year 
Transfer	from	reserves	
dividends paid 

Retained earnings at the end of the year 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

112,482 
(28,909) 

83,573 
–	

83,573 
476,332 
–	
(49,290) 

510,615 

77,826
(20,846)

56,980
3,855

60,835
454,337
58
(38,898)

476,332

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

77

 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 33 – DeeD of CroSS GuArAntee (ContinueD)

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

stAtement oF FinAnCiAl position
Assets
cash and cash equivalents 
receivables 
inventories 
other 

Total current assets 

receivables 
loans to controlled entities 
investments in controlled entities 
other financial assets 
available-for-sale financial assets 
investments accounted for using the equity method 
property, plant and equipment 
investment properties 
goodwill and other intangible assets 
deferred tax assets 
other 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

liAbilities
payables 
current tax liabilities 
provisions 
deferred revenue 
other 

Total current liabilities 

payables 
loans from controlled entities 
interest bearing liabilities and borrowings 
provisions 
deferred revenue 
other 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

eQuity
Share capital 
reserves 
retained earnings 

Total equity 

78

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

25,667 
34,676 
15,162 
3,781 

79,286 

405 
127,572 
96,712 
310 
10,447 
99,417 
403,177 
78,875 
19,216 
3,649 
3,530 

843,310 

922,596 

35,119 
10,359 
11,674 
30,471 
7,275 

94,898 

2 
29,669 
40,993 
2,821 
2,937 
197 

76,619 

171,517 

751,079 

219,126 
21,338 
510,615 

751,079 

14,175
26,638
11,273
506

52,592

516
52,252
73,960
310
9,362
98,501
424,378
29,600
9,606
8,467
4,196

711,148

763,740

33,627
10,533
10,972
26,184
8,473

89,789

2
7,991
67,214
2,854
2,503
797

81,361

171,150

592,590

101,353
14,905
476,332

592,590

 
 
 
 
 
note 34 –BuSineSS ComBinAtionS

CinemA business in new ZeAlAnd And FiJi
on 18 february 2010, a wholly owned subsidiary completed the transaction to purchase the Skycity cinema business based in new Zealand 
and fiji.

the purchase price was nZd$61,100,000 (aud$47,817,000) before a recovery of nZd$5,009,000 (aud$3,920,000) for the working capital balances 
as at the acquisition date. the business includes 14 cinemas with 106 screens located throughout new Zealand, a 50% interest in rialto cinemas 
in new Zealand (three cinemas with 16 screens) and a 66.67% interest in Skycity cinemas fiji (two cinemas with 10 screens). all cinema 
properties in new Zealand are leasehold, whereas the sites in fiji are owned. the acquisition of this business is considered an appropriate strategic 
addition to the group’s existing cinema businesses.

the wholly owned new Zealand based business has subsequently been renamed event cinemas.

Since the date of acquisition to 30 june 2010, the new Zealand cinema business, including our interest in the rialto cinemas and fiji cinemas, has 
contributed revenue of $21,970,000 and a profit before tax of $694,000. if this business had been acquired on 1 july 2009, management estimates 
that revenue contributed would have been $76,000,000 and the profit before tax contributed for the period would have been $6,100,000.

in determining the above estimated profit amount for the period from 1 july 2009, management has taken into account the impact of the fair value 
adjustments made at acquisition as if they had occurred on 1 july 2009.

identiFiAble Assets ACQuiRed And liAbilities Assumed

plant, equipment and leasehold improvements 
film library and software 
deferred tax assets 
deferred tax liabilities 
employee entitlements 
deferred lease costs 
deferred revenue 
provision for decommissioning of leasehold improvements 
provision for onerous contracts 
inventory, cash and prepayments 
trade and other receivables 
other liabilities 
interest in rialto cinema business 
interest in fiji cinema business 

total net value of identifiable assets and liabilities 

Fair value at  
 acquisition date 
$’000

38,989
152
4,889
(172)
(789)
(5,790)
(1,479)
(1,096)
(2,163)
1,271
614
(3,389)
2,498
4,468

38,003

the above fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities have been determined based upon the best information available as of the reporting date.

the fair values of the group’s non-controlling interest in the rialto cinema business in new Zealand and the cinema business in fiji have been 
determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. pre-tax discount rates of 12.4% and 14.4% were used in determining the fair 
values.

goodwill
goodwill was recognised as a result of the acquisition as follows:

total cash consideration paid  
less: recovery for net working capital balances  

less: value of identifiable assets and liabilities 

goodwill 

$’000

47,817
3,920

43,897
38,003

5,894

goodwill is attributable mainly to the established market position of cinema sites within the cinema business in new Zealand and synergies 
expected to be achieved through combining this business with the group’s existing cinema businesses. none of the goodwill recognised is expected 
to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 34 –BuSineSS ComBinAtionS (ContinueD)

CinemA ACQuisitions – AustRAliA 
on 14 october 2009, a wholly owned subsidiary expanded its existing cinema operations by acquiring the beverly hills and cronulla cinema 
complexes in south-western and southern Sydney. 

effective 26 december 2009, a wholly owned subsidiary acquired the remaining 50% interest in the glendale cinema not already owned by the 
group. glendale is in the western suburbs of newcastle. 

on 17 june 2010, a wholly owned subsidiary acquired the leasehold interest in a cinema site in noosa, queensland. 

consideration paid for these sites including the additional 50% interest in the glendale site totalled $17,892,000 and consisted of cinema assets 
and liabilities and leasehold rights to the properties.

Since the dates of acquisition to 30 june 2010, these cinema sites, including the additional 50% interest in the glendale site, have contributed 
revenue of $11,431,000 and profit of $2,125,000. if these sites had been acquired or 100% owned on 1 july 2009, management estimate that 
revenue contributed from these sites would have been $21,650,000 and the profit contributed for the period would have been $3,770,000.

identiFiAble Assets ACQuiRed And liAbilities Assumed
the group has provisionally recognised the fair value of the following identifiable assets and liabilities relating to these acquisitions:

plant, equipment and leasehold improvements 
other assets 
deferred tax assets 
employee entitlements 
deferred revenue 

total net value of identifiable assets and liabilities 

Fair value at  
 acquisition date 
$’000

5,363
144
8
(211)
(106)

5,198

the above fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities have been determined based upon the best information available as of the reporting date.

leAsehold And mAnAgement Rights
leasehold and management rights recognised as an intangible asset in the Statement of financial position during the financial year to 30 june 2010 
as a result of these acquisitions, was determined as follows:

total cash consideration paid 
carrying value of 50% interest in glendale cinema already owned 

Subtotal 
less: value of identifiable assets and liabilities 

leasehold and management rights recognised 

 $’000

17,892
1,220

19,112
5,198

13,914

leasehold and management rights are attributable to the existing goodwill arising from the market position of each site in their admissions 
catchment area and, for the beverly hills, cronulla and noosa cinemas, the management synergies expected to be achieved from integration of 
these sites with the group’s existing cinema operations systems. this asset will be amortised over the term of the lease for each of the sites, which 
range from 16 to 20 years. leasehold and management rights recognised are not deductible for income tax purposes.

ACQuisition RelAted Costs inCuRRed
the group incurred acquisition related costs of $979,000 in respect of the above acquisitions during the financial year to 30 june 2010, which 
related largely to legal fees and due diligence costs. these costs have been expensed within the cinema exhibition - australia segment during the 
period and have been included in the group’s income Statement.

80

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 35 – pArtiCuLArS in reLAtion to ConSoLiDAteD entitieS

Ownership  
interest

2010 
% 

2009 
%

note 

Ownership  
interest

2010 
% 

2009 
%

note 

(a)(d)	

CompAny (pARent entity)
amalgamated holdings limited

subsidiARies
ahl administration pty limited 
Amalgamated	Cinema	Holdings	Limited	
amalgamated holdings Superannuation  
fund pty limited 
ancona investments pty limited 
birch, carroll & coyle limited 
bln hotels property unit trust 
bryson centre unit trust 
bryson hotel property unit trust 
bryson hotel pty limited 
canberra theatres limited 
Cinema	Facility	Management	GmbH	
cmS cinema management Services gmbh 
CMS	Cinema	Verwaltungs	GmbH	
digital cinema integration partners pty limited 
edge digital technology pty limited 
edge investments bv 
elsternwick properties pty limited 
Event	Cinemas	(Fiji)	Limited	
Event	Cinemas	Limited	
Event	Cinemas	New	Plymouth	Limited	
Event	Cinemas	Nominees	Limited	
Event	Cinemas	(NZ)	Limited	
event cinemas queen Street  
Nominees	Limited	
Event	Distribution	Limited	
featherdale farm & aviaries pty limited 
featherdale holdings pty limited 
filmlab engineering pty limited 
filmpalast am Zkm karlsruhe  
beteiligungs gmbh 
filmpalast konstanz beteiligungs gmbh 
glenelg theatres pty limited 
greater entertainment pty limited 
greater occasions australia pty limited 
greater union betriebsmittel gmbh 
greater union filmpalast dortmund  
gmbh & co. kg 
greater union filmpalast gmbh 
greater union filmpalast rhein-main gmbh 
greater union holdings limited 
greater union international bv 
greater union international gmbh 

(a)(f)(i)	
(a)(f) 
(a)(f)	

(a)(e) 

(h)	
(a)(d)	
(a)(d)	
(a)(d)	
(a)(d)	

(a)(d)	
(a)(d)	

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(b) 
(a)(e) 
(f) 

(c) 

(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 

greater union international holdings  
pty limited 
greater union limited 
greater union nominees pty limited 
greater union Screen entertainment pty limited 
greater union theaters dritte gmbh & co. kg  (a)(f) 
greater union theaters dritte  
verwaltungs gmbh 
greater union theaters gmbh 
greater union theaters mainz  
gmbh & co. kg 
greater union theaters management  
mainz gmbh 
greater union theaters verwaltungs gmbh 
greater union theaters Zweite gmbh  
& co. kg 
greater union theaters Zweite  
verwaltungs gmbh 
greattheatre pty limited 
guo investments (wa) pty limited 
gutace holdings pty limited 
haparanda pty limited 
haymarket’s tivoli theatres pty limited 
kidsports australia pty limited 
kosciuszko thredbo pty limited 
ktpl unit trust 
kvarken pty limited 
lakeside hotel property unit trust 
lakeside hotel pty limited 
lakeside international hotel unit trust 
mamasa pty limited 
multiplex cinemas magdeburg gmbh 
multiplex cinemas oberhausen gmbh 
neue filmpalast erste gmbh & co. kg 
neue filmpalast erste verwaltungs gmbh 
neue filmpalast gmbh & co. kg 
neue filmpalast management gmbh 
noahs hotels (nZ) limited 
noahs limited 
northside gardens hotel property unit trust 
northside gardens hotel pty limited 
pantami pty limited 
QT	Hotels	and	Resorts	Pty	Limited	
red carpet event gmbh 
RH	Hotels	Pty	Limited	
rq motels pty limited 
rydges bankstown pty limited  

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(d) 

(a)(f) 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 

100
100
100
100
100

100
100

100 

100

100 
100 

100
100

100 

100

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100	
100 
100	
100 
100 

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
–
100
100

100 
100	

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
–	
100 
100	
100 
100 
100 
100 
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	

100	
100	
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100
–

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
100
–
100
100
100
100
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 35 – pArtiCuLArS in reLAtion to ConSoLiDAteD entitieS (ContinueD)

Ownership  
interest

2010 
% 

2009 
%

note 

Ownership  
interest

2010 
% 

2009 
%

note 

rydges cronulla pty limited 
rydges gci pty limited 
Rydges	Gladstone	Hotel	Property	Unit	Trust	
rydges hobart hotel property unit trust 
rydges hobart hotel pty limited 
rydges hotels limited 
Rydges	Hotels	Property	Unit	Trust	
rydges hotels resorts asia pte limited 
Rydges	HPT	Pty	Limited	
Rydges	Property	Holdings	Pty	Limited	
rydges queenstown hotel limited 
Rydges	Townsville	Hotel	Property	Unit	Trust	
Sabaya port douglas pty limited 
Sonata hotels pty limited 
Sunshine	Cinemas	Pty	Limited	

(g) 

(a)(d) 

100 
100 
100	
100 
100 
100 
100	
100 
100	
100	
100 
100	
100 
100 
100	

100
100
–
100
100
100
–
100
–
–
100
–
100
100
–

tannahill pty limited 
the geelong theatre company limited 
the greater union organisation pty limited 
thredbo resort centre pty limited 
tobeon pty limited 
tourism & leisure pty limited 
turmpalast frankfurt gmbh & co. kg 
turmpalast frankfurt management gmbh 
vierte kinoabspielstatten gmbh & co. kg 
vierte kinoabspielstatten verwaltungs gmbh 
western australia cinemas pty limited 
Zollverein pty limited 
Zweite kinoabspielstatten gmbh & co. kg 
Zweite kinoabspielstatten  
verwaltungs gmbh 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 
(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 

(a)(f) 

100 

100

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
(e) 
(f) 
(g) 
(h) 
(i) 

these companies are audited by other member firms of kpmg international.
this company was incorporated and is domiciled in jersey.
this company was incorporated in and carries on business in the united kingdom.
these companies were incorporated in and carry on business in new Zealand.
these companies were incorporated in and carry on business in the netherlands.
these companies were incorporated in and carry on business in germany.
this company was incorporated and is domiciled in Singapore.
this company was incorporated and is domiciled in fiji.
this company was placed into liquidation during the year.

all companies, except those stated above, were incorporated in australia.

note 36 – inveStmentS in ASSoCiAteS 

details of the group’s investments in associates are as follows:

name

principal activities

cinesound movietone  
productions pty limited
maf greater 
union llc 
rydges rotorua  
hotel limited  

film owner and distributor 

film exhibitor 

hotel owner 

Interest

Investment  
carrying amount

Contribution to  
operating profit/(loss)

2010  
%

50 

49 

25  

2009  
%

50 

49 

25 

2010  
$’000

167 

2009  
$’000

154 

2010  
$’000

13 

2009  
$’000 

7 

13,202 

14,212  

9,005 

11,085 

1,668 

1,938 

(215) (d) 

104 

15,037 

16,304 

8,803 

11,196

(a)  dividends received from associates for the year ended 30 june 2010 amount to $7,831,000 (2009: $10,160,000).
(b)  cinesound movietone productions pty limited was incorporated in australia. maf greater union llc was incorporated in the united arab emirates. rydges rotorua hotel limited was 

incorporated in new Zealand.
the balance date of all associates is 30 june, with the exception of maf greater union llc which has a balance date of 31 december.

(c) 
(d)  Share of loss for the year ended 30 june 2010 includes the negative impact, amounting to $294,000, arising from the restatement of deferred tax balances due to the reduction of the 

company tax rate and elimination of building depreciation for tax in new Zealand.

82

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 36 – inveStmentS in ASSoCiAteS (ContinueD)

summARised FinAnCiAl inFoRmAtion RelAting to AssoCiAtes
aggregate assets, liabilities, revenues and net profit of associates,  
not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the group, is as follows:
Revenues – as reported by associates 

Net profit – as reported by associates 

current assets 
non-current assets 

Total assets – as reported by associates 

current liabilities 
non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities – as reported by associates 

Net assets – as reported by associates 

Group’s share of net assets of associates 
Adjustments arising from equity accounting:
foreign exchange translation 

Carrying value of investments in associates 

movements in carrying amount of associates:
carrying amount of associates at the beginning of the year 
foreign currency translation movements 
Share of associates’ net profit 
distributions received from associates 
Disposal	of	associate	

carrying amount of associates at the end of the year 

Commitments
Share of associates’ capital expenditure commitments contracted but not provided for or payable:
Not	later	than	one	year	

Share of associates’ operating lease commitments contracted but not provided for or payable:
not later than one year 
later than one year but not later than five years 
later than five years 

Contingent liAbilities
there are no contingent liabilities within associate entities as at 30 june 2010 (2009: $nil).

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

62,633 

17,603 

24,816 
33,162 

57,978 

10,388 
5,240 

15,628 

42,350 

19,161 

(4,124) 

15,037 

16,304 
(2,239) 
8,803 
(7,831) 
–	

15,037 

1,661	

3,438 
8,994 
4,420 

71,154

23,046

27,905
24,286

52,191

4,960
4,853

9,813

42,378

18,911

(2,607)

16,304

14,700
2,154
11,196
(10,160)
(1,586)

16,304

–

2,802
6,901
1,027

16,852 

10,730

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

83

  
 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 37 – inveStmentS in JointLy ControLLeD entitieS 

Profit share

Investment  
carrying amount

Share of sales 
revenue

Contribution to 
operating profit

name

australian  
theatres  
joint venture

principal 
activities

nature of 
interest

operator of 
multiscreen 
cinema complexes

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

browns plains 
multiplex joint 
venture

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

castle hill 
multiplex cinema 
joint venture

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

casuarina cinema 
centre joint 
venture

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

2010  
%

50

33

33

50

2009  
%

2010 
$’000

2009 
$’000

2010 
$’000

2009 
$’000

2010 
$’000

2009 
$’000

50

85,553

83,451

172,971

155,808

31,277 (e)

23,189

33

278

226

1,454

1,417

103

83

33

4,464

4,180

6,498

4,694

635

357

50

3,553

4,254

13,036

11,790

2,949

2,494

operator of 
multiscreen 
cinema complexes

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

 (b)(d) 66.7

–

4,621

–

973

–

226

–

equity share

 (a) 50

 (a) 50

2,345

2,452

11,574

11,385

1,006 (f)

 1,592

equity share

 (a) 50

 (a) 50

507

647

3,581

3,608

513 (f)

 628

fiji cinema  
joint venture

filmpalast am  
Zkm karlsruhe 
gmbh & co. kg

filmpalast  
konstanz gmbh  
& co. kg

garden city  
cinema joint 
venture

geelong cinema 
joint venture

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

jam factory 
cinema operations 
joint venture

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

rialto joint  
venture

Southport 6  
cinemas joint 
venture

toowoomba 
cinema centre 
joint venture

operator of  
multiscreen  
cinema complexes

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

operator of  
a multiscreen  
cinema complex

operator of  
a multiscreen 
cinema complex

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

Share of 
joint venture 
assets

33

33

2,810

2,972

4,854

4,517

1,118

1,016

 (c) 50

(c) 50

(171)

(284)

4,337

3,737

609

342

50

50

501

870

8,176

7,869

135

149

(b) 50

–

2,524

–

1,099

–

49

–

(d) 51

(d) 51

1,303

1,516

2,852

3,375

195

509

50

50

 959

1,162

4,470

3,979

897

634

109,247

101,446

235,875

212,179

39,712

30,993

filmpalast an Zkm karlsruhe gmbh & co. kg and filmpalast konstanz gmbh & co. kg were incorporated in germany.

(a) 
(b)  rialto joint venture operates in new Zealand and fiji cinema joint venture operates in fiji.
(c)  a write down in the value of this investment was made in prior years.
(d) 
(e) 

the joint venture is not consolidated as the group does not have control and the power to govern financial and operating policies.
the profit for the australian theatres joint venture for the year ended 30 june 2010 includes the reversal of impairment write-downs of plant and equipment made in prior years, 
increasing the group’s share of the operating profit by $3,262,000.
the profit for filmpalast an Zkm karlsruhe gmbh & co. kg and filmpalast konstanz gmbh & co. kg for the year ended 30 june 2010 include a correction to prior years’ depreciation 
reducing the group’s share of the operating profit by $982,000 and $37,000 respectively.

(f) 

84

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

note 37 – inveStmentS in JointLy ControLLeD entitieS (ContinueD)
during the year, the cinema joint ventures purchased management and consulting services of $5,676,000 (2009: $5,554,000), capital equipment of 
$7,505,000 (2009: $2,078,000), block and artwork of $133,000 (2009: $135,000) and other services of $304,000 (2009: $541,000) from the group. 
these transactions were on normal commercial terms.

the group’s aggregate share of the jointly controlled entities’ assets and liabilities consists of:
current assets 
non-current assets 

Total assets 

current liabilities 
non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

movements in CARRying Amount oF Jointly ContRolled entities
carrying amount of jointly controlled at the beginning of the year 
net additional investments 
Additions	through	entity	acquired	
Share of profit 
gross distributions  
Disposal	of	interest	on	acquisition	of	remaining	ownership	
foreign currency translation movements 
amortisation of capitalised interest 
other 

carrying amount of jointly controlled entities at the end of the year 

refer to note 32 for details of contingent liabilities

2010 
$’000 

26,145 
82,237 

108,382 

29,623 
1,831 

31,454 

76,928 

101,446 
98 
6,966	
39,712 
(37,526) 
(1,233)	
(170) 
(33) 
(13) 

109,247 

2009 
$’000

17,752
76,445

94,197

18,667
1,592

20,259

73,938

103,978
196
–
30,993
(33,780)
–
135
(33)
(43)

101,446

note 38 – DireCtor AnD exeCutive DiSCLoSureS

information regarding individual directors’ and executives’ compensation and some equity instruments disclosures, as permitted by the corporations 
regulations 2001, are provided in the remuneration report contained within the directors’ report. the relevant sections of the remuneration report 
are outlined below:

Section of Remuneration Report 

non-executive director remuneration 
managing director and executive remuneration 
fixed annual remuneration 
Variable	remuneration	–	short	term	incentive		
Variable	remuneration	–	long	term	incentive		
employment contracts 
directors’ position and period of responsibility 
directors’ and executives’ remuneration 

Directors’ report  
page reference

24
24
24
25
26
23
23
24

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

85

 
 
 
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 38 – DireCtor AnD exeCutive DiSCLoSureS (ContinueD)

diReCtoRs
the following persons were directors of amalgamated holdings limited during the financial year:

Name 

ag rydge 
aj clark 
kg chapman 
pr coates 
tc ford 
rm graham 
rg newton 
dc Seargeant 

Position 

non-executive director and chairman 
non-executive director and lead independent director 
non-executive director 
non-executive director 
non-executive director 
non-executive director 
non-executive director 
managing director 

Period of responsibility

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010
1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010
18 february 2010 to 30 june 2010
10 july 2009 to 30 june 2010
1 july 2009 to 23 october 2009
1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010
1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010
1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010

otheR key mAnAgement peRsonnel
the following persons also had authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group, directly or indirectly, 
during the financial year:

Name 

nc arundel 

pc bourke 

gc dean 

mr duff 

hr eberstaller 

pw horton 

kj kobishop 

Position and employer 

managing director rydges hotels & resorts 
rydges hotels limited 
director of information technology 
amalgamated holdings limited 
company Secretary 
amalgamated holdings limited 
director commercial 
amalgamated holdings limited 
managing director ahl Strategic investments 
the greater union organisation pty limited 
director finance & accounting 
amalgamated holdings limited 
corporate director of food and beverage 
amalgamated holdings limited 

Period of responsibility

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

19 april 2010 to 30 june 2010 

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

1 july 2009 to 30 june 2010 

all of the above persons, with the exception of pc bourke, who commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010, were also key 
management persons during the year ended 30 june 2009. 

key mAnAgement peRsonnel RemuneRAtion
the key management personnel remuneration included in employee expenses is as follows:

employee beneFits 
Short term  
other long term 
Termination	benefits	
post-employment 
equity compensation 

2010 
$ 

2009 
$

7,347,347 
97,562 
–	
120,040 
899,336 

6,434,500
318,920
123,750
124,342
836,565

8,464,285 

7,838,077

86

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
note 38 – DireCtor AnD exeCutive DiSCLoSureS (ContinueD)

option holdings And tRAnsACtions
there were no options over ordinary shares in amalgamated holdings limited held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each key management 
personnel, including their related parties. movements in the number of options held by key management personnel in the prior year to 30 june 2009 
is set out in the table below:

held at the  
beginning of the year

granted

exercised

held at the  
end of the year

vested and  
exercisable at 30 June

diReCtoR
DC	Seargeant	

exeCutives
NC	Arundel	

pc bourke (a)	

GC	Dean	

MR	Duff	

HR	Eberstaller	

PW	Horton		

kj kobishop (b)	

	2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

–	
500,000	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
30,000	

–	
–	

–	
	–	

–	
45,000	

–	
	–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
(500,000)	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
(30,000)	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
(45,000)	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010. 

(a) 
(b)  kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. 

there are no outstanding options at 30 june 2010 (2009: nil). no options have been granted since the end of the year. 

peRFoRmAnCe shARe holdings And tRAnsACtions
the movement during the year in the number of performance shares in amalgamated holdings limited held, directly, indirectly or beneficially, by 
each key management personnel, including their related parties, is as follows:

held at the  
beginning of the year

granted

exercised

Forfeited

held at the  
end of the year

diReCtoR
DC	Seargeant	

exeCutives
NC	Arundel	

pc bourke (a)	

GC	Dean	

MR	Duff	

HR	Eberstaller	

PW	Horton		

kj kobishop (b) 	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

340,000	
200,000	

240,000	
140,000	

44,202	
20,711	

–	
–	

31,124	
16,333	

49,643	
26,616	

10,954	
10,954	

48,485	
26,386	

18,987	
23,491	

–	
–	

11,889	
14,791	

17,947	
23,027	

7,866	
–	

15,822	
22,099	

100,000	
–	

–	
100,000	

–	
–	

(5,972)	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

580,000
340,000

57,217
44,202

–
–

43,013
31,124

67,590
49,643

18,820
10,954

64,307
48,485

100,000
100,000

pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010. 

(a) 
(b)  kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. 

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

87

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
notes to the financial Statements continued

note 38 – DireCtor AnD exeCutive DiSCLoSureS (ContinueD)

no performance shares have been granted since the end of the year. no performance shares were held by the related parties of key 
management personnel.

eQuity holdings And tRAnsACtions
the movement during the year in the number of ordinary shares of amalgamated holding limited held, directly, indirectly or beneficially, by key 
management personnel, including their related parties, is as follows:

e
n
t
i
t
l
e
m
e
n
t

o

f
f
e
r

R
e
n
o
u
n
c
e
a
b
e

l

p
r
o
-
r
a
t
a

p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
s

i

R
e
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t

l

p
a
n

l

h
e
d
a
t

t
h
e

i

b
e
g
n
n
n
g
o
f

i

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

i

i

d
v
d
e
n
d

i

R
e
c
e
v
e
d
o
n

e
x
e
r
c
s
e
o
f

i

o
p
t
i
o
n
s

o
f
p
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

s
h
a
r
e
s

i

R
e
c
e
v
e
d
o
n
r
e
e
a
s
e

l

s
a
e
s

l

o
t
h
e
r

(
a
)

l

h
e
d
a
t

t
h
e
e
n
d

o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

diReCtoRs
AG	Rydge	(Chairman)	 2010	
2009	

57,979,154	
57,704,154	

50,000	 	11,789,923	
–	
275,000	

	1,783,278	
–	

AJ	Clark	

kg chapman (b)	

pr coates (c)	

tc ford (d)	

RM	Graham		

RG	Newton		

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

50,000	
40,000	

5,000	
10,000	

10,000	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

12,737	
–	

10,000	
10,000	

10,626	
10,626	

20,000	
3,000	

–	
–	

–	
–	

43,000	
17,000	

–	
–	

3,763	
–	

–	
–	

2,126	
–	

8,000	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

DC	Seargeant		
2010	
(Managing	Director)	 2009	

720,500	
470,500	

exeCutives
NC	Arundel	

pc bourke (e)	

GC	Dean	

MR	Duff	

HR	Ebertstaller	

PW	Horton	

kj kobishop (f)	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

2010	
2009	

–	
–	

–	
–	

75,500	
45,500	

30,000	
30,000	

–	
–	

45,000	
45,000	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

265,125	
–	

33,865	
–	

–	
500,000	

8,841	
–	

–	
–	

26,325	
–	

20,806	
–	

3,584	
–	

18,697	
–	

20,000	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

979	
–	

–	
30,000	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

3,065	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
45,000	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

5,972	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

(5,000)	
–	

–	
(250,000)	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
(45,000)	

–	
–	

	–	
	71,602,355
–	 57,979,154

–	
–	

	54,000	
–	

	11,500	
–	

	(10,000)		
	–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

65,000
50,000

54,000
–

28,000
–

–
10,000

12,752
10,626

66,000
20,000

1,019,490
720,500

14,813
–

–
–

102,804
75,500

50,806
30,000

3,584
–

63,697
45,000

23,065
–

this movement represents the balance of ordinary shares held at the relevant date, being the date of commencement with the group or termination from the group.

(a) 
(b)  kg chapman was appointed on 18 february 2010.
pr coates was appointed on 10 july 2009.
(c) 
tc ford resigned 23 october 2009.
(d) 
pc bourke commenced employment with the group on 19 april 2010. 
(e) 
kj kobishop commenced employment with the group on 15 September 2008. 
(f) 

no shares were granted to key management personnel during the financial reporting period as compensation in the year to 30 june 2010.

88

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
note 38 – DireCtor AnD exeCutive DiSCLoSureS (ContinueD)

loAns And otheR tRAnsACtions with key mAnAgement peRsonnel And theiR RelAted pARties
loAns to key mAnAgement peRsonnel And theiR RelAted pARties
there were no loans above $10,000 outstanding at any time during the year with any key management personnel or their related parties.

otheR tRAnsACtions with the CompAny oR its ContRolled entities
ag rydge and aj clark are directors of carlton investments limited. carlton investments limited rents office space from a controlled entity. rent is 
charged to carlton investments limited at a market rate. rent received during the year was $33,462 (2009: $33,020). the company holds shares in 
carlton investments limited. dividends received during the year from carlton investments limited totalled $427,524 (2009: $427,524).

ag rydge paid rent, levies and other costs to group entities during the year amounting to $78,834 (2009: $19,011). a company associated with 
rm graham paid rent and levies to a controlled entity during the year amounting to $5,564 (2009: $5,432). rent is charged to ag rydge and 
rm graham at market rates.

during the year, a controlled entity purchased land and buildings from a vendor company associated with rg newton. the purchase was concluded 
in September 2009 and the consideration was $2,000,000.

during the prior financial year to 30 june 2009, a company associated with rg newton paid hotel management fees to a controlled entity 
amounting to $178,563 and a controlled entity purchased management rights and an interest in the property known as rydges Sabaya resort from a 
vendor company associated with rg newton. the purchase was concluded in june 2009 for a consideration of $20,550,000. 

apart from the details disclosed in this note, no key management person has entered into a material contract with the group since the end of the 
previous year and there were no material contracts involving directors’ interests existing at reporting date.

from time to time, key management personnel of the group, or their related parties, may purchase goods or services from the group. these 
purchases are usually on the same terms and conditions as those granted to other group employees. where the purchases are on terms and 
conditions more favourable than those granted to other group employees, the resulting benefits form part of the total remuneration outlined within 
the remuneration report.

note 39 – reLAteD pArtieS

AssoCiAtes
interest received and paid on the loans to and from associates is shown in notes 3 and 4.

other transactions were:
•	 sale	of	management	services	to	former	associate	Atlab	Holdings	Pty	Limited	of	nil	(2009:	$250,000);

•	

receipt	of	property	rentals	from	associates	of	$41,000	(2009:	$97,000);	and

•	 share-based	payment	costs	of	nil	(2009:	$166,000)	recharged	to	an	associate.

RelAtionships with Jointly ContRolled entities
refer to notes 11, 16, 32, 34 and 37.

key mAnAgement peRsonnel
disclosures relating to directors and named executives are set out in note 38.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  notes to the Financial statements

89

notes to the financial Statements continued

note 40 – reConCiLiAtion of CASH fLowS from operAtinG ACtivitieS

Reconciliation of profit after related income tax expense to net cash provided by operating activities
profit after income tax expense 
adjustments for:
depreciation and carrying value adjustments 
amortisation and carrying value adjustments 
loss on sale of non-current assets 
Development	gain	on	revaluation	of	Canberra	Civic	property	
fair value (increment)/decrement of investment properties 
equity accounted investment distributions 
Share of equity accounted investees’ net profit 
asset impairment adjustments 
Share-based payments expense 
Receivables	impairment	adjustment	
unrealised foreign exchange gains 
increase/(decrease) in income taxes payable 

Net cash provided by operating activities before change in assets and liabilities 
change in assets and liabilities adjusted for effects of consolidation of controlled entities acquired/disposed  
during the year:
increase in receivables 
increase in inventories 
increase in other assets 
increase in deferred revenue 
increase/(decrease) in deferred tax items 
increase in provisions 
(decrease)/increase in creditors and accruals 
(decrease)/increase in other liabilities 
increase in financing costs payable 

2010 
$’000 

2009 
$’000

98,772 

69,477

22,231 
11,416 
1,047 
(10,163)	
(275) 
45,357 
(48,515) 
10,339 
1,494 
(1,291)	
(105) 
3,567 

133,874 

(7,749) 
(4,480) 
(702) 
10,406 
6,244 
1,487 
(1,320) 
(1,265) 
91 

21,331
9,301
366
–
1,030
43,744
(42,189)
5,811
1,258
–
(89)
(13,446)

96,594

(4,783)
(1,738)
(2,585)
4,631
(6,718)
759
8,343
7,252
236

Net cash provided by operating activities 

136,586 

101,991

note 41 – eventS SuBSequent to reportinG DAte

dividends
for final dividends declared after 30 june 2010, refer note 8.

puRChAse oF moonlight CinemA
on 28 july 2010, the group announced the acquisition of the moonlight cinema business for a purchase price of $1,750,000.

moonlight cinema is an outdoor cinema operation with five sites screening films in melbourne, Sydney, perth, brisbane and adelaide during the 
three month summer season.

90

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
Directors’ Declaration

1. 

in the opinion of the directors:

(a)  the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 29 to 90, and the remuneration disclosures that are contained in the 
remuneration report in the directors’ report set out on pages 20 to 27, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the group’s financial position as at 30 june 2010 and its performance for the financial year ended on that 

date; and

(ii)  complying with australian accounting Standards (including the australian accounting interpretations) and the corporations 

regulations 2001; and

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

2.  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company and the group subsidiaries identified in note 33 will be able to meet any obligations 
or liabilities to which they are or may become subject to by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee between the company and those subsidiaries 
pursuant to aSic class order 98/1418.

3.  the directors have received the declarations from the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer required by section 295a of the 

Corporations Act 2001 for the year ended 30 june 2010.

4.  the directors draw attention to note 1(a) to the financial report, which includes a statement of compliance with international financial 

reporting Standards.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

AG Rydge 
director 

DC Seargeant 
director

dated at Sydney this 19th day of august 2010.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  directors’ declaration

91

independent Auditor’s report

to the membeRs oF AmAlgAmAted holdings limited

report on tHe finAnCiAL report

we have audited the accompanying financial report of the group comprising amalgamated holdings limited (the company) and the entities it 
controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year, which comprises the statement of financial position as at 30 june 2010, 
and income statement and statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended on 
that date, a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes 1 to 41 and the directors’ declaration. 

diReCtoRs’ Responsibility FoR the FinAnCiAl RepoRt 
the directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in accordance with australian 
accounting Standards (including the australian accounting interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. this responsibility includes establishing 
and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in 
the circumstances. in note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with australian accounting Standard aaSb 101 presentation of financial 
Statements, that the financial report, comprising the financial statements and notes, complies with international financial reporting Standards.

AuditoR’s Responsibility
our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. we conducted our audit in accordance with australian auditing 
Standards. these auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

an audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. the procedures 
selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error. in making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of 
the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion 
on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. an audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the 
reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

we performed the procedures to assess whether in all material respects the financial report presents fairly, in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001 and australian accounting Standards (including the australian accounting interpretations), a view which is consistent with our understanding 
of the group’s financial position and of its performance. 

we believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

independenCe
in conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

AuditoR’s opinion
in our opinion:

(a)  the financial report of the group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the group’s financial position as at 30 june 2010 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with australian accounting Standards (including the australian accounting interpretations) and the corporations 

regulations 2001.

(b)  the financial report also complies with international financial reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1. 

92

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

independent Auditor’s report

to the membeRs oF AmAlgAmAted holdings limited

report on tHe remunerAtion report

we have audited the remuneration report included in pages 20 to 27 of the directors’ report for the year ended 30 june 2010. the directors 
of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with Section 300a of the 
Corporations Act 2001. our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
auditing standards.

AuditoR’s opinion
in our opinion, the remuneration report of amalgamated holdings limited for the year ended 30 june 2010, complies with Section 300a of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

KPMG

David Rogers 
partner

19 august 2010

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  independent Auditor’s Report

93

Shareholder information

additional information required by the aSx listing rules and not disclosed elsewhere in the annual report is set out below:

SHAreHoLDinGS (AS At 20 AuGuSt 2010)

substAntiAl shAReholdeRs
the names of substantial shareholders who have notified the company in accordance with section 671b of the corporations act 2001 are:

Shareholder 

enbeear pty limited 
carlton investments limited 
investors mutual limited 
ioof holdings limited 

* includes carlton investments limited holding.

Number of ordinary shares held

56,598,377 *
56,588,377
14,396,349
17,843,425

voting Rights
oRdinARy shARes
there were 5,669 holders of ordinary shares of the company. the voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares, set out in clause 54 of the 
company’s constitution, are:

“Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares:

(a)  at meetings of members or classes of members, each member entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy or attorney; and

(b)  on a show of hands, every person present who is a member or a representative of a member has one vote, and on a poll, every member present 
in person or by proxy or attorney and every person who is a representative of a member has one vote for each share he holds or represents as 
the case may be.”

options
there were no outstanding options of the company as at 20 august 2010.

distRibution oF shAReholdeRs

1	–	1,000	
1,001	–	5,000	
5,001	–	10,000	
10,001	–	100,000	
100,001 and over 

Ordinary shares

number of 
  shareholders 

number of 
shares held

2,812	
1,742	
511	
555	
49 

1,090,297
4,413,286
3,596,183
13,488,362
136,608,771

5,669 

159,196,899

the number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel is 86.

unQuoted oRdinARy shARes
there were 1,930,878 unquoted ordinary shares issued pursuant to the employee share plans. the shares were held by 615 holders. the unquoted 
ordinary shares have been included within the distribution of shareholders table above.

94

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information continued

twenty lARgest shAReholdeRs
the names of the 20 largest shareholders of the quoted shares are:

enbeear pty limited 
eneber investment company limited 
national nominees limited 
rbc dexia investor Services australia nominees pty limited (bkcust account) 
j p morgan nominees australia limited 
hSbc custody nominees (australia) limited 
the manly hotels pty limited 
alphoeb pty limited 
rbc dexia investor Services australia nominees pty limited (pipooled account) 
carlton hotel limited 
citicorp nominees pty limited 
mr alan graham rydge 
cogent nominees pty limited 
citicorp nominees pty limited (cfSil cwlth aust ShS 18 account) 
t n phillips investments pty ltd 
Sandhurst trustees ltd (SiSf account) 
australian united investment company limited 
citicorp nominees pty limited (cfSil cwlth aust ShS 14 account) 
argo investments limited 
rbc dexia investor Services australia nominees pty limited 

on-mARket buy bACk
there is no current on-market buy back.

Number of 
shares held 

Percentage of 
capital held

32,134,031 
19,777,772 
15,891,812 
11,199,863 
6,003,637 
5,851,326 
5,732,812 
5,627,315 
5,277,122 
5,276,103 
3,113,129 
3,037,915 
2,347,058 
1,698,434 
1,446,000 
1,263,433 
1,200,000 
1,020,267 
976,723 
904,855 

129,779,607 

 20.19 
 12.42 
 9.98 
 7.04 
 3.77 
 3.68 
 3.60 
 3.53 
 3.31 
 3.31 
 1.96 
 1.91 
 1.47 
 1.07 
 0.91 
 0.79 
 0.75 
 0.64 
 0.61 
 0.57 

81.51

seCuRities exChAnge
amalgamated holdings limited, incorporated and domiciled in australia, is a publicly listed company limited by shares. Shares are listed on the 
aSx under the code ahd. details of trading activity are published in most australian daily newspapers.

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  shareholder information

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other information

AnnuAl geneRAl meeting
the annual general meeting will be held  
at 10am on friday 22 october 2010 at  
the State ballroom, State theatre, 
49 market Street, Sydney nSw 2000.

CompAny seCRetARy
mr greg dean ca, aciS

RegisteRed oFFiCe
the registered office of the company is:

level 10 
49 market Street 
Sydney nSw 2000

telephone  +61 2 9373 6600 
facsimile  +61 2 9373 6534

www.ahl.com.au

shARe RegistRy
computershare investor Services pty limited

level 4, 60 carrington Street 
Sydney nSw 2000 
gpo box 7045 
Sydney nSw 2001

telephone  1300 855 080 
facsimile  +61 3 9415 4000

www.computershare.com

for more information on amalgamated 
holdings limited please refer to our website 
at www.ahl.com.au

96

Amalgamated Holdings Limited  Annual Report 2010

r
o
t
s
e
v
n
I

e
t
a
n
g
i
s
e
D
y
b

d
e
c
u
d
o
r
p

d
n
a

d
e
n
g

i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
2010

Amalgamated Holdings Limited 

Annual Report

A
H
L
A
n
n
u
A
L
R
e
p
o
R
t
2
0
1
0

amalgamated  
holdings limited 
abn 51 000 005 103

abn 51 000 005 103